Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,106 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1104Completed1106All2210
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Pricing in On-Demand and One-Way Vehicle-Sharing Networks 1: Static Prices Earn at Least K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) of the Fluid Optimum, via Increasingly Tight Availability BoundsResearch Paper

Why static prices in vehicle sharing

In one-way car sharing, bike sharing and ride hailing, a vehicle that serves a trip from location iii to location jjj ends up at jjj. Prices therefore do two jobs: they collect revenue and they steer the fleet. The best dynamic (state-dependent) pricing policy reacts to where every vehicle is, but computing it is a Markov decision problem over a state space that grows combinatorially with the fleet. A static policy, one fixed price per origin–destination pair, is easy to compute and to post, and the question is how much it gives up.

Waserhole and Jost (2016) bounded the loss when travel times are negligible. Banerjee, Freund and Lykouris (arXiv:1803.07841, Operations Research 2022) gave guarantees for large fleets. Benjaafar and Shen (SSRN 3998297; Operations Research Technical Note, 2023, doi:10.1287/opre.2023.2446) prove a bound valid for every fleet size KKK that accounts for travel times, and then a sequence of progressively tighter bounds. This mission formalizes that chain.

Setting

There is a finite set N\mathcal NN of NNN locations and K≥1K\ge 1K≥1 vehicles. Trip requests from iii to jjj arrive at rate Λij≥0\Lambda_{ij}\ge 0Λij​≥0; the pairs with positive demand form A={(i,j):Λij>0}\mathcal A=\{(i,j):\Lambda_{ij}>0\}A={(i,j):Λij​>0}, and the network (N,A)(\mathcal N,\mathcal A)(N,A) is strongly connected. A trip from iii to jjj lasts on average 1/μij1/\mu_{ij}1/μij​. A quantile policy q=(qij)q=(q_{ij})q=(qij​), qij∈[0,1]q_{ij}\in[0,1]qij​∈[0,1], is the fraction of requests that accept the posted price; the effective rates are λij=qijΛij\lambda_{ij}=q_{ij}\Lambda_{ij}λij​=qij​Λij​ and λi=∑jλij\lambda_i=\sum_j\lambda_{ij}λi​=∑j​λij​. Each served trip earns Iij(qij)I_{ij}(q_{ij})Iij​(qij​), and q↦qIij(q)q\mapsto qI_{ij}(q)q↦qIij​(q) is concave.

The fluid problem (2) is

max⁡q Rs(q)=∑(i,j)∈AΛijqijIij(qij)s.t.∑jΛijqij=∑jΛjiqji ∀i,∑(i,j)∈AΛijqijμij≤Δ,qij∈[0,1],\max_q\ R_s(q)=\sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}I_{ij}(q_{ij})\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\sum_j\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}=\sum_j\Lambda_{ji}q_{ji}\ \forall i,\quad \sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\frac{\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}}{\mu_{ij}}\le\Delta,\quad q_{ij}\in[0,1],qmax​ Rs​(q)=(i,j)∈A∑​Λij​qij​Iij​(qij​)s.t.j∑​Λij​qij​=j∑​Λji​qji​ ∀i,(i,j)∈A∑​μij​Λij​qij​​≤Δ,qij​∈[0,1],

with Δ≥K\Delta\ge KΔ≥K. Its optimal solution qsq^sqs is the static policy; it is assumed to induce a strongly connected network. The value Rs(qs)R_s(q^s)Rs​(qs) is the fluid optimum.

Under a static policy the fleet moves through a closed queueing network: a single-server pick-up queue at each location, served at rate λi\lambda_iλi​, and an infinite-server transit queue for each pair, with mean time 1/μij1/\mu_{ij}1/μij​. The paper invokes the BCMP theorem for this network; the mission writes its stationary law as the product form. With rrr a positive solution of the traffic equations (9), ri=∑jrjλji/λjr_i=\sum_j r_j\lambda_{ji}/\lambda_jri​=∑j​rj​λji​/λj​, a state xxx (vehicle counts at locations and in transit, total KKK) has weight

w(x)=∏i(riλi)xi∏(i,j)1xij!(riλijλiμij)xij.w(x)=\prod_i\Bigl(\frac{r_i}{\lambda_i}\Bigr)^{x_i}\prod_{(i,j)}\frac{1}{x_{ij}!}\Bigl(\frac{r_i\lambda_{ij}}{\lambda_i\mu_{ij}}\Bigr)^{x_{ij}}.w(x)=i∏​(λi​ri​​)xi​(i,j)∏​xij​!1​(λi​μij​ri​λij​​)xij​.

The availability αi(K)\alpha_i(K)αi​(K) is the weight share of the states with xi≥1x_i\ge 1xi​≥1: the probability that a customer at iii finds a vehicle. The reward rate of the static policy is (3):

R(qs)=∑(i,j)∈Aαi ΛijqijsIij(qijs).R(q^s)=\sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\alpha_i\,\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}I_{ij}(q^s_{ij}).R(qs)=(i,j)∈A∑​αi​Λij​qijs​Iij​(qijs​).

Finally Λ=∑AΛij\Lambda=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}Λ=∑A​Λij​, 1/μ=∑AΛij/(Λμij)1/\mu=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}/(\Lambda\mu_{ij})1/μ=∑A​Λij​/(Λμij​), and λ/μ=∑AΛijqijs/μij\lambda/\mu=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}/\mu_{ij}λ/μ=∑A​Λij​qijs​/μij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, static half (p. 9)

With B0j(qs)=B0j=0B^j_0(q^s)=B^j_0=0B0j​(qs)=B0j​=0 and, for 1≤i≤K1\le i\le K1≤i≤K,

BiK(qs)=KN+K−1+λμ(1−Bi−1K−1(qs)),BiK=KN+K−1+Λμ(1−Bi−1K−1),B^K_i(q^s)=\frac{K}{N+K-1+\frac{\lambda}{\mu}\bigl(1-B^{K-1}_{i-1}(q^s)\bigr)},\qquad B^K_i=\frac{K}{N+K-1+\frac{\Lambda}{\mu}\bigl(1-B^{K-1}_{i-1}\bigr)},BiK​(qs)=N+K−1+μλ​(1−Bi−1K−1​(qs))K​,BiK​=N+K−1+μΛ​(1−Bi−1K−1​)K​,

the goal is: for every i=1,…,Ki=1,\dots,Ki=1,…,K,

R(qs)Rs(qs) ≥ BiK(qs) ≥ BiK ≥ KN+K−1+Λ/μ,\frac{R(q^s)}{R_s(q^s)}\ \ge\ B^K_i(q^s)\ \ge\ B^K_i\ \ge\ \frac{K}{N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu},Rs​(qs)R(qs)​ ≥ BiK​(qs) ≥ BiK​ ≥ N+K−1+Λ/μK​,

and Bi+1K>BiKB^K_{i+1}>B^K_iBi+1K​>BiK​ for i=1,…,K−1i=1,\dots,K-1i=1,…,K−1.

The paper's Theorem 2 begins with one more inequality, R(qs)/R(q∗)≥R(qs)/Rs(qs)R(q^s)/R(q^*)\ge R(q^s)/R_s(q^s)R(qs)/R(q∗)≥R(qs)/Rs​(qs), where q∗q^*q∗ is the best state-dependent policy. That inequality is Proposition 1 (p. 6). Its proof needs the stationary behaviour of the network under an arbitrary state-dependent policy with matrix-exponential trip times, together with Jensen's inequality and Little's law; that model is not formalized here. Proposition 1 is not part of this mission. The goal is the remaining chain, and it implies the paper's theorem once Proposition 1 is available.

Milestones

  1. Equal availability under balanced flows (p. 7, Appendix p. 23): αi(K)=αj(K)\alpha_i(K)=\alpha_j(K)αi​(K)=αj​(K).
  2. The ratio equals the availability (pp. 7–8): R(qs)/Rs(qs)=αR(q^s)/R_s(q^s)=\alphaR(qs)/Rs​(qs)=α.
  3. Equation (5) (p. 8): α(K)=K/(K+N−1+λμ(1−α(K−1)))\alpha(K)=K/\bigl(K+N-1+\frac{\lambda}{\mu}(1-\alpha(K-1))\bigr)α(K)=K/(K+N−1+μλ​(1−α(K−1))).
  4. Theorem 1, static half (p. 7): R(qs)/Rs(qs)≥K/(K+N−1+Λ/μ)R(q^s)/R_s(q^s)\ge K/(K+N-1+\Lambda/\mu)R(qs)/Rs​(qs)≥K/(K+N−1+Λ/μ).
  5. Equation (6) and 0≤α(K−i)≤(K−i)/(N+K−i−1)0\le\alpha(K-i)\le(K-i)/(N+K-i-1)0≤α(K−i)≤(K−i)/(N+K−i−1) (p. 9).
  6. BKK(qs)=α(K)B^K_K(q^s)=\alpha(K)BKK​(qs)=α(K) (p. 10).
  7. Bi+1K(qs)>BiK(qs)B^K_{i+1}(q^s)>B^K_i(q^s)Bi+1K​(qs)>BiK​(qs) (p. 10).

Significance

The bound K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ)K/(N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu)K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) holds for every fleet size, tends to 111 at rate O(1/K)O(1/K)O(1/K), and reduces to the Waserhole–Jost bound when travel times vanish. The sequence BiK(qs)B^K_i(q^s)BiK​(qs) gives a computable certificate between that bound and the exact ratio BKK(qs)=α(K)B^K_K(q^s)=\alpha(K)BKK​(qs)=α(K), which an operator can evaluate from NNN, KKK and the fluid solution alone. Equation (5), a one-step recursion in the fleet size for a network mixing single-server and infinite-server stations, is the reusable core: the two sibling missions (the demand-free bound of Theorem 3 and the split-network bound of Theorem 4) rest on the same recursion.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized elsewhere as far as a search of the platform shows. The platform has the multiclass BCMP framework and single-server closed Jackson networks, but not availability in networks with infinite-server stations, nor equation (5). This mission adds a product-form availability layer, the equal-availability lemma, the recursion (5), and the bound chain.

Difficulty

The paper derives (5) from the random observer (arrival) theorem and Little's law, and neither is available as a formal tool, so the recursion has to be obtained from the product form itself, as an identity between sums over the state spaces with KKK and K−1K-1K−1 vehicles. Equal availability needs uniqueness, up to scale, of the positive solution of the traffic equations on a strongly connected network (a Perron–Frobenius-type fact for an irreducible stochastic matrix). In the bound chain, BiK(qs)≥BiKB^K_i(q^s)\ge B^K_iBiK​(qs)≥BiK​ needs the recursion map to be monotone in both the workload and the previous value, which holds only once 0≤B≤10\le B\le 10≤B≤1 is established; strict monotonicity in iii is a double induction.

The obvious shortcut, defining α\alphaα by the recursion (5), makes Theorem 1 a one-line consequence of α(K−1)≥0\alpha(K-1)\ge 0α(K−1)≥0 and deletes the content of the first three milestones; the mission rules it out by defining α\alphaα as the product form.

Formalization scope

Locations form a Fintype with Nonempty; NNN is its cardinality. Demand, travel rates, rewards and policies are functions on all ordered pairs, self-pairs included; sums over A\mathcal AA are sums over all pairs, which agree because each summand carries Λij\Lambda_{ij}Λij​. Strong connectivity, of (N,A)(\mathcal N,\mathcal A)(N,A) and of the network induced by qsq^sqs, uses nonempty paths (Relation.TransGen), so every location has positive accepted demand and A≠∅\mathcal A\ne\emptysetA=∅. Every ordered pair has a transit queue; a pair with λij=0\lambda_{ij}=0λij​=0 has load 000 and stays empty (00=10^0=100=1). All arithmetic on KKK, NNN and iii is in R\mathbb RR; B(K,0)=0B(K,0)=0B(K,0)=0 for every K≥0K\ge 0K≥0, including the B00B^0_0B00​ that the paper's definition omits. Rs(qs)>0R_s(q^s)>0Rs​(qs)>0 is a hypothesis of the ratio statements, since otherwise the ratio is 0/00/00/0. The statements keep the paper's hypothesis that qsq^sqs is optimal for (2) with Δ≥K\Delta\ge KΔ≥K; the proofs use only feasibility and balanced flows, and the queueing milestones are stated for every balanced quantile policy inducing a strongly connected network.

The product form is a definition: the mission does not prove that it is the stationary law of the network's Markov chain (the BCMP theorem). The general closed product-form network (single-server and infinite-server stations on an arbitrary finite station set) is a separate definition and is reusable beyond this mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of (5) via normalizing constants, the traffic-equation uniqueness lemma, and the elementary bound-sequence inequalities.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, X. Shen, Pricing in On-Demand (and One-Way) Vehicle Sharing Networks, SSRN abstract 3998297, version of 2023-01-10. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3998297 ; Technical Note, Operations Research, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2023.2446
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers, J. ACM 22(2), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • S. Banerjee, D. Freund, T. Lykouris, Pricing and Optimization in Shared Vehicle Systems: An Approximation Framework, Operations Research 70(3), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.07841
  • A. Waserhole, V. Jost, Pricing in Vehicle Sharing Systems: Optimization in Queuing Networks with Product Forms, EURO J. Transportation and Logistics 5, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13676-014-0054-4
  • D. K. George, C. H. Xia, Fleet-Sizing and Service Availability for a Vehicle Rental System via Closed Queueing Networks, European J. Operational Research 211(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.12.015
  • M. Reiser, S. S. Lavenberg, Mean-Value Analysis of Closed Multichain Queuing Networks, J. ACM 27(2), 1980. https://doi.org/10.1145/322186.322195
12 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Pricing in On-Demand and One-Way Vehicle-Sharing Networks 2: With Workload Budget K, Static Prices Earn a Demand-Independent 1 − O(1/√K) Fraction of the Fluid OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

One-way vehicle-sharing systems (car sharing, bike sharing, ride-hailing fleets) set a price for every origin–destination trip. Prices decide which trips are taken, and so they decide where vehicles end up. Pricing that depends on the current position of every vehicle is in principle optimal, but its state space grows combinatorially with the fleet. Practitioners therefore use static prices, which depend only on the origin and destination. The question is how much revenue, throughput or welfare such prices give up.

Benjaafar and Shen (SSRN 3998297; Technical Note, Operations Research, 2023, doi:10.1287/opre.2023.2446) answer this with explicit lower bounds on the performance ratio of the static policy obtained from a fluid relaxation. Banerjee, Freund and Lykouris (arXiv:1611.07624) proved the earlier guarantee, which requires the fleet size KKK to be at least 100100100 and the workload to be at most K−2Kln⁡KK-2\sqrt{K\ln K}K−2KlnK​. Benjaafar and Shen give two bounds that hold for every KKK. The first is K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ)K/(N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu)K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) (their Theorems 1–2), and it degrades when total demand Λ\LambdaΛ grows with KKK. The second, Theorem 3, does not depend on demand or travel times at all. This mission is about Theorem 3.

Setting

There is a finite set N\mathcal NN of NNN locations and KKK vehicles. Trip requests from iii to jjj arrive as a Poisson process of rate Λij≥0\Lambda_{ij}\ge0Λij​≥0, and A={(i,j):Λij>0}\mathcal A=\{(i,j):\Lambda_{ij}>0\}A={(i,j):Λij​>0} is the set of pairs with demand. The graph (N,A)(\mathcal N,\mathcal A)(N,A) is strongly connected. A trip from iii to jjj lasts a random time with mean 1/μij1/\mu_{ij}1/μij​. A static policy is a matrix q=(qij)q=(q_{ij})q=(qij​) of quantiles: qij∈[0,1]q_{ij}\in[0,1]qij​∈[0,1] is the fraction of (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) customers who accept the posted price. Each accepted trip earns a reward Iij(qij)I_{ij}(q_{ij})Iij​(qij​), and q↦q Iij(q)q\mapsto q\,I_{ij}(q)q↦qIij​(q) is concave. A customer who finds no vehicle at the origin is lost.

Problem (2) is the fluid relaxation, in which vehicles are always available:

max⁡q Rs(q)=∑(i,j)∈AΛijqijIij(qij)s.t.∑jΛijqij=∑jΛjiqji,∑(i,j)∈AΛijqijμij≤Δ,qij∈[0,1].\max_q\ R_s(q)=\sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}I_{ij}(q_{ij}) \quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_j\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}=\sum_j\Lambda_{ji}q_{ji},\quad \sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\frac{\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}}{\mu_{ij}}\le\Delta,\quad q_{ij}\in[0,1].qmax​ Rs​(q)=(i,j)∈A∑​Λij​qij​Iij​(qij​)s.t.j∑​Λij​qij​=j∑​Λji​qji​,(i,j)∈A∑​μij​Λij​qij​​≤Δ,qij​∈[0,1].

The first constraint balances the flows, and the second caps the workload λ/μ=∑Λijqij/μij\lambda/\mu=\sum\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}/\mu_{ij}λ/μ=∑Λij​qij​/μij​ (the mean number of vehicles in transit) by a budget Δ\DeltaΔ. Let qsq^sqs be an optimal solution that induces a strongly connected network.

Under a static policy the vehicles move in a closed queueing network. Each location has a single-server pick-up queue with service rate λi=∑jΛijqij\lambda_i=\sum_j\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}λi​=∑j​Λij​qij​. Each pair has an infinite-server transit queue with mean service time 1/μij1/\mu_{ij}1/μij​. This network is of BCMP type, so its stationary law has product form. With rrr a positive solution of the traffic equations (9), a state with xix_ixi​ vehicles at location iii and xijx_{ij}xij​ in transit from iii to jjj has weight ∏i(ri/λi)xi∏(i,j)(riλij/(λiμij))xij/xij!\prod_i(r_i/\lambda_i)^{x_i}\prod_{(i,j)}(r_i\lambda_{ij}/(\lambda_i\mu_{ij}))^{x_{ij}}/x_{ij}!∏i​(ri​/λi​)xi​∏(i,j)​(ri​λij​/(λi​μij​))xij​/xij​!. The availability αi(K)\alpha_i(K)αi​(K) is the stationary probability that location iii holds at least one vehicle. The reward rate of the policy is Equation (3):

R(q)=∑(i,j)∈Aαi ΛijqijIij(qij).R(q)=\sum_{(i,j)\in\mathcal A}\alpha_i\,\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}I_{ij}(q_{ij}).R(q)=(i,j)∈A∑​αi​Λij​qij​Iij​(qij​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, static half

For K≥1K\ge1K≥1, Δ=K\Delta=KΔ=K, qsq^sqs optimal for (2), inducing a strongly connected network, with Rs(qs)>0R_s(q^s)>0Rs​(qs)>0:

R(qs)Rs(qs) ≥ 1−((N−12K+12(N+K)+1)2−1−(N−12K+12(N+K))).\frac{R(q^s)}{R_s(q^s)}\ \ge\ 1-\left(\sqrt{\Bigl(\tfrac{N-1}{2K}+\tfrac{1}{2(N+K)}+1\Bigr)^2-1}-\Bigl(\tfrac{N-1}{2K}+\tfrac{1}{2(N+K)}\Bigr)\right).Rs​(qs)R(qs)​ ≥ 1−((2KN−1​+2(N+K)1​+1)2−1​−(2KN−1​+2(N+K)1​)).

The paper states the bound for R(qs)/R(q∗)R(q^s)/R(q^*)R(qs)/R(q∗), where q∗q^*q∗ is the optimal dynamic policy. It passes from one ratio to the other with Proposition 1, R(q∗)≤Rs(qs)R(q^*)\le R_s(q^s)R(q∗)≤Rs​(qs) (p. 6), whose proof needs the stationary analysis of arbitrary state-dependent policies. Proposition 1 is not part of this mission. The goal implies the paper's Theorem 3 once Proposition 1 is available.

Milestones

  1. Equal availability (pp. 7, 23): under balanced flows, αi(K)=αj(K)\alpha_i(K)=\alpha_j(K)αi​(K)=αj​(K) for all i,ji,ji,j.
  2. R(qs)/Rs(qs)=αR(q^s)/R_s(q^s)=\alphaR(qs)/Rs​(qs)=α (pp. 7–8).
  3. Equation (5) (p. 8): α(K)=K/(K+N−1+(λ/μ)(1−α(K−1)))\alpha(K)=K/\bigl(K+N-1+(\lambda/\mu)(1-\alpha(K-1))\bigr)α(K)=K/(K+N−1+(λ/μ)(1−α(K−1))).
  4. β(K)=K/(N+K−1+Δ(1−β(K−1)))\beta(K)=K/(N+K-1+\Delta(1-\beta(K-1)))β(K)=K/(N+K−1+Δ(1−β(K−1))), β(0)=0\beta(0)=0β(0)=0, is non-decreasing and concave (p. 10).
  5. α(K)≥β(K)\alpha(K)\ge\beta(K)α(K)≥β(K) for K≥1K\ge1K≥1 when λ/μ≤Δ\lambda/\mu\le\Deltaλ/μ≤Δ (p. 11).
  6. β(K)−β(K−1)≤β(1)=1/(N+Δ)\beta(K)-\beta(K-1)\le\beta(1)=1/(N+\Delta)β(K)−β(K−1)≤β(1)=1/(N+Δ) (p. 11).
  7. β(K)≥(bK−bK2−4KΔ)/(2Δ)\beta(K)\ge\bigl(b_K-\sqrt{b_K^2-4K\Delta}\bigr)/(2\Delta)β(K)≥(bK​−bK2​−4KΔ​)/(2Δ) with bK=N+K−1+Δ+Δ/(N+Δ)b_K=N+K-1+\Delta+\Delta/(N+\Delta)bK​=N+K−1+Δ+Δ/(N+Δ) (p. 11).

Significance

The bound tends to 111 at rate 1−O(1/K)1-O(1/\sqrt K)1−O(1/K​), uniformly in demand rates, travel times and the reward functions. It is the regime-free counterpart of the K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ)K/(N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu)K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) bound: that bound is better for light demand, this one for heavy demand (Remark 7). Remark 6 reports that it is also numerically tighter than the guarantee of Banerjee et al., and unlike that guarantee it applies to every fleet size.

Formalizing it adds several things to the platform. The first is availability in closed networks of single-server and infinite-server stations, defined from the product form. Two classical facts about this model follow: availability is equal across locations under balanced flows, and it satisfies the mean-value recursion (5). Milestone 4 is a concavity statement about the throughput of a closed network in its population, and for N=1N=1N=1 it contains the concavity of the Erlang-B carried load in the number of servers. The paper does not prove it; it cites George and Xia (2011) and Shanthikumar and Yao (1988). None of these results is formalized anywhere that this mission is aware of, so the mission formalizes a proved result, not an open problem.

Difficulty

The algebra at the end (milestones 6–7 and the substitution Δ=K\Delta=KΔ=K) is elementary. Two steps are not.

Equation (5) is stated as a relation between availabilities, but its content is an identity between normalizing constants G(K−1)/G(K)G(K-1)/G(K)G(K−1)/G(K) of the product form. The paper derives it from the arrival theorem and Little's law, and neither is available. A direct proof has to compute G(K)G(K)G(K) under balanced flows, which takes a counting argument over the state space. Equal availability likewise needs the positive solution of (9) to be unique up to scale on a strongly connected network.

Concavity of β\betaβ is the hard milestone. A natural first attempt is induction on the recursion: if β(K)−β(K−1)\beta(K)-\beta(K-1)β(K)−β(K−1) is non-increasing up to KKK, show that the next increment is no larger. The map β(K−1)↦β(K)\beta(K-1)\mapsto\beta(K)β(K−1)↦β(K) is increasing and convex in its argument, and convexity points the wrong way, so increments do not propagate directly. The published proofs go through the closed-network interpretation, not through the recursion.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in VehicleSharePricing.DemandFree. Locations are a Fintype with Nonempty, and NNN is its cardinality. Λ, μ, q are real matrices on all pairs, and entries outside A\mathcal AA enter only multiplied by Λij=0\Lambda_{ij}=0Λij​=0. Strong connectivity is the transitive closure of the positive-flow relation (Relation.TransGen). This guarantees λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0 at every location, even for N=1N=1N=1. Availability is the product-form busy probability of the general definition ProductFormNetwork, applied to the induced network. That law is a definition that records the paper's appeal to BCMP (p. 6), not a theorem of this mission. Theorems quantify over every positive solution rrr of (9). R(q)R(q)R(q) is Equation (3) with per-location availabilities. The sequence β\betaβ is defined by its recursion, which is correct because it is a proof device, not the availability of qsq^sqs. All arithmetic is in R\mathbb RR, and K−1K-1K−1 appears only under K≥1K\ge1K≥1.

Two trivializations are ruled out. Defining α\alphaα by the recursion (5) would make milestones 1–3 empty, and defining R(q)R(q)R(q) as αRs(q)\alpha R_s(q)αRs​(q) would make milestone 1 empty. The hypothesis Rs(qs)>0R_s(q^s)>0Rs​(qs)>0 is added because the ratio is otherwise 0/00/00/0.

The proof of the goal uses only feasibility of qsq^sqs and the strong connectivity of the induced network; optimality is kept because it is the paper's hypothesis. Contributions are welcome on any milestone. A library for normalizing constants of closed product-form networks, and the concavity of throughput in the population, would be reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, X. Shen, Pricing in On-Demand (and One-Way) Vehicle Sharing Networks, SSRN abstract 3998297, version of 2023-01-10; Technical Note, Operations Research, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3998297, https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2023.2446
  • S. Banerjee, D. Freund, T. Lykouris, Pricing and Optimization in Shared Vehicle Systems: An Approximation Framework, Operations Research, 2022 (cited by the paper as forthcoming); arXiv:1611.07624. https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.07624
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers, Journal of the ACM 22(2), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • D. K. George, C. H. Xia, Fleet-Sizing and Service Availability for a Vehicle Rental System via Closed Queueing Networks, European Journal of Operational Research 211(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.12.015
  • J. G. Shanthikumar, D. D. Yao, Second-Order Properties of the Throughput of a Closed Queueing Network, Mathematics of Operations Research 13(3), 1988. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.13.3.524
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Pricing in On-Demand and One-Way Vehicle-Sharing Networks 3: The K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) Guarantee Holds When Static Prices Split the Network into ComponentsResearch Paper

Motivation

One-way vehicle-sharing systems (car sharing, bike sharing, on-demand fleets) move a fixed fleet of KKK vehicles among NNN locations. Customers take a vehicle at one location and leave it at another, so prices shape both revenue and where the fleet ends up. The optimal dynamic pricing policy, which reacts to the current position of every vehicle, solves a dynamic program whose state space grows combinatorially in NNN and KKK. Static policies, with one fixed price per origin–destination pair, are simple to compute and to operate, and the question is how much they lose.

Benjaafar and Shen (SSRN 3998297; Operations Research, 2023, doi:10.1287/opre.2023.2446) take the static policy qsq^sqs that solves a fluid relaxation, Problem (2), and bound its performance ratio. When qsq^sqs induces a strongly connected network, Theorem 1 gives the ratio K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ)K/(N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu)K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ). Waserhole and Jost (2016) observed that the best static policy may deliberately disconnect the network: prices that make some trips unattractive can leave two or more separate networks. The fleet then has to be split among the pieces, and Theorem 1 no longer applies. This mission formalizes Theorem 4 of the paper (§6, p. 18), which shows that the same guarantee holds in that case, provided the vehicles are allocated optimally among the networks.

Setting

There are NNN locations and KKK vehicles. Trip requests from location iii to jjj arrive at rate Λij≥0\Lambda_{ij}\ge0Λij​≥0, and A={(i,j):Λij>0}\mathcal A=\{(i,j):\Lambda_{ij}>0\}A={(i,j):Λij​>0} is strongly connected. A trip on (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) lasts on average 1/μij1/\mu_{ij}1/μij​. A static policy is a vector of quantiles qij∈[0,1]q_{ij}\in[0,1]qij​∈[0,1] (the fraction of customers who accept the price), and earns Iij(qij)I_{ij}(q_{ij})Iij​(qij​) per trip, with q↦qIij(q)q\mapsto qI_{ij}(q)q↦qIij​(q) concave.

Problem (2) maximises the fluid reward Rs(q)=∑AΛijqijIij(qij)R_s(q)=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}I_{ij}(q_{ij})Rs​(q)=∑A​Λij​qij​Iij​(qij​) over balanced flows (∑jΛijqij=∑jΛjiqji\sum_j\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}=\sum_j\Lambda_{ji}q_{ji}∑j​Λij​qij​=∑j​Λji​qji​ at every location) with workload ∑AΛijqij/μij≤Δ\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}/\mu_{ij}\le\Delta∑A​Λij​qij​/μij​≤Δ, where Δ≥K\Delta\ge KΔ≥K. Let qsq^sqs be an optimal solution.

The policy qsq^sqs splits the locations into networks ccc with location sets Nc\mathcal N_cNc​ (Nc=∣Nc∣N_c=|\mathcal N_c|Nc​=∣Nc​∣) and pair sets Ac\mathcal A_cAc​: accepted demand Λijqijs>0\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}>0Λij​qijs​>0 only joins locations of the same network, and within each network it is strongly connected. With KcK_cKc​ vehicles, network ccc is a closed queueing network: a single-server pick-up queue at each location (rate λi=∑jΛijqijs\lambda_i=\sum_j\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}λi​=∑j​Λij​qijs​) and an infinite-server transit queue on each pair. Its stationary law is the BCMP product form, with loads computed from a positive solution rrr of the traffic equations (9). The availability α(qs,Kc,Nc)\alpha(q^s,K_c,N_c)α(qs,Kc​,Nc​) is the stationary probability that a location of network ccc has a vehicle.

An allocation K=(Kc)\mathbf K=(K_c)K=(Kc​) with ∑cKc=K\sum_cK_c=K∑c​Kc​=K earns R(qs,K)=∑AαiΛijqijsIij(qijs)R(q^s,\mathbf K)=\sum_{\mathcal A}\alpha_i\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}I_{ij}(q^s_{ij})R(qs,K)=∑A​αi​Λij​qijs​Iij​(qijs​) (Equation (3)), and Problem (8) chooses K∗\mathbf K^*K∗ to maximise it. Write Mc=∑AcΛijqijs/μijM_c=\sum_{\mathcal A_c}\Lambda_{ij}q^s_{ij}/\mu_{ij}Mc​=∑Ac​​Λij​qijs​/μij​, pcp_cpc​ for network ccc's share of Rs(qs)R_s(q^s)Rs​(qs), Λ=∑AΛij\Lambda=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}Λ=∑A​Λij​ and 1/μ=∑AΛij/(Λμij)1/\mu=\sum_{\mathcal A}\Lambda_{ij}/(\Lambda\mu_{ij})1/μ=∑A​Λij​/(Λμij​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4, static half (p. 18)

R(qs,K∗)Rs(qs) ≥ KN+K−1+Λ/μ.\frac{R(q^s,\mathbf K^*)}{R_s(q^s)}\ \ge\ \frac{K}{N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu}.Rs​(qs)R(qs,K∗)​ ≥ N+K−1+Λ/μK​.

The paper's Theorem 4 opens with R(qs,K∗)/R(q∗)≥R(qs,K∗)/Rs(qs)R(q^s,\mathbf K^*)/R(q^*)\ge R(q^s,\mathbf K^*)/R_s(q^s)R(qs,K∗)/R(q∗)≥R(qs,K∗)/Rs​(qs), where R(q∗)R(q^*)R(q∗) is the reward of the optimal dynamic policy. That inequality is Proposition 1 (R(q∗)≤Rs(qs)R(q^*)\le R_s(q^s)R(q∗)≤Rs​(qs), p. 6). It needs the stationary distribution of the network under an arbitrary state-dependent policy, a controlled-Markov-chain development that is not part of this mission. The goal is the rest of the chain, and it implies the paper's theorem once Proposition 1 is available.

Milestones (p. 18–19)

  1. The recursion (5) on each network: α(qs,Kc,Nc)=Kc/(Nc+Kc−1+(1−α(qs,Kc−1,Nc))Mc)\alpha(q^s,K_c,N_c)=K_c/(N_c+K_c-1+(1-\alpha(q^s,K_c-1,N_c))M_c)α(qs,Kc​,Nc​)=Kc​/(Nc​+Kc​−1+(1−α(qs,Kc​−1,Nc​))Mc​).
  2. The mixture identity R(qs,K)/Rs(qs)=∑cα(qs,Kc,Nc)pcR(q^s,\mathbf K)/R_s(q^s)=\sum_c\alpha(q^s,K_c,N_c)p_cR(qs,K)/Rs​(qs)=∑c​α(qs,Kc​,Nc​)pc​, with ∑cpc=1\sum_cp_c=1∑c​pc​=1.
  3. The per-network bound pcKc/(Nc+Kc−1+Mc(1−α(qs,Kc−1,Nc)))≥pcKc/(Nc+Kc−1+Mc)p_cK_c/(N_c+K_c-1+M_c(1-\alpha(q^s,K_c-1,N_c)))\ge p_cK_c/(N_c+K_c-1+M_c)pc​Kc​/(Nc​+Kc​−1+Mc​(1−α(qs,Kc​−1,Nc​)))≥pc​Kc​/(Nc​+Kc​−1+Mc​).
  4. The reduction R(qs,K∗)/Rs(qs)≥max⁡∑Kc=K∑cpcKc/(Nc+Kc−1+Mc)R(q^s,\mathbf K^*)/R_s(q^s)\ge\max_{\sum K_c=K}\sum_cp_cK_c/(N_c+K_c-1+M_c)R(qs,K∗)/Rs​(qs)≥max∑Kc​=K​∑c​pc​Kc​/(Nc​+Kc​−1+Mc​).
  5. The Chu–Vandermonde identity ∑K1=0K(K+T−K1−T1−1K−K1)(T1+K1−1K1)=(K+T−1K)\sum_{K_1=0}^K\binom{K+T-K_1-T_1-1}{K-K_1}\binom{T_1+K_1-1}{K_1}=\binom{K+T-1}{K}∑K1​=0K​(K−K1​K+T−K1​−T1​−1​)(K1​T1​+K1​−1​)=(KK+T−1​) for real T1,T2>0T_1,T_2>0T1​,T2​>0.
  6. The reduced inequality for C=2C=2C=2: max⁡K1+K2=K∑i=12piKi/(Ni+Ki−1+Mi)≥K/(N+K−1+M)\max_{K_1+K_2=K}\sum_{i=1}^2p_iK_i/(N_i+K_i-1+M_i)\ge K/(N+K-1+M)maxK1​+K2​=K​∑i=12​pi​Ki​/(Ni​+Ki​−1+Mi​)≥K/(N+K−1+M).
  7. The same for any number of networks, the case C>2C>2C>2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 removes the connectivity assumption from Theorem 1. A static policy chosen by the fluid relaxation may disconnect the network, and it then still earns at least K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ)K/(N+K-1+\Lambda/\mu)K/(N+K−1+Λ/μ) of the fluid optimum, uniformly in the demand and reward data. The bound tends to 111 as K→∞K\to\inftyK→∞ for fixed NNN and Λ/μ\Lambda/\muΛ/μ. Milestones 6–7 hold for arbitrary weights, location counts and workloads, so they apply to any separable allocation problem whose pieces satisfy recursion (5).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. No part of it is machine-checked so far. The mission adds closed-network availability on a disconnected network, the mixture decomposition of the performance ratio, a real-argument Vandermonde identity in the paper's own notation, and a discrete allocation inequality proved by an averaging argument. The companion missions of this series formalize Theorems 1–3 of the same paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Theorem 1 to each network: α(qs,Kc,Nc)≥Kc/(Nc+Kc−1+Mc)\alpha(q^s,K_c,N_c)\ge K_c/(N_c+K_c-1+M_c)α(qs,Kc​,Nc​)≥Kc​/(Nc​+Kc​−1+Mc​). This leaves a maximisation over allocations, and no single allocation obviously beats K/(N+K−1+M)K/(N+K-1+M)K/(N+K−1+M). Proportional splitting fails because Nc+Kc−1N_c+K_c-1Nc​+Kc​−1 does not scale with KcK_cKc​, and the best allocation depends on all of pcp_cpc​, NcN_cNc​ and McM_cMc​. The paper does not exhibit a good allocation. It averages the objective against probability weights from the Chu–Vandermonde identity, which needs binomial coefficients with real upper arguments. It then passes from two networks to many by an induction that merges networks. The recursion (5) itself rests on a computation with the normalising constants of a product form that has both single-server and infinite-server stations.

Formalization scope

Locations form a finite type. A\mathcal AA is the set of pairs with Λij>0\Lambda_{ij}>0Λij​>0, and its strong connectivity is a transitive closure. The split is a surjective map from locations onto a finite index type of networks. Every pair with positive accepted demand stays inside one class, and each class is strongly connected under accepted demand, again as a transitive closure. So every location has positive accepted demand. The paper's C>1C>1C>1 is relaxed to C≥1C\ge1C≥1.

Availability is the BCMP product form of each network on its own, with loads ri/λir_i/\lambda_iri​/λi​ (pick-up) and riΛijqij/(λiμij)r_i\Lambda_{ij}q_{ij}/(\lambda_i\mu_{ij})ri​Λij​qij​/(λi​μij​) (transit), and rrr a positive solution of (9). This is a disclosed definition, since the paper invokes the BCMP class without writing it. Availability is defined per location; its equality across a network follows from milestone 1. R(qs,K)R(q^s,\mathbf K)R(qs,K) is Equation (3) with per-location availabilities. Problem (8) is an explicit maximisation over the finite set of allocations. All ratios are real numbers, Rs(qs)>0R_s(q^s)>0Rs​(qs)>0 is assumed so that the ratio is defined, and N+K−1N+K-1N+K−1 is computed in R\mathbb RR.

Defining availability by the recursion (5), or RRR as α⋅Rs\alpha\cdot R_sα⋅Rs​, would make milestones 1–2 trivial and is ruled out.

A complete development needs:

  • the product-form computation behind (5);
  • equal availability within a network;
  • the Vandermonde identity for generalized binomials (Mathlib's Ring.add_choose_eq);
  • the averaging argument and the induction.

The closed-network definitions and milestones 5–7 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so is a proof of Proposition 1.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, X. Shen, Pricing in On-Demand (and One-Way) Vehicle Sharing Networks, SSRN abstract 3998297, version of 2023-01-10. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3998297 ; published as a Technical Note in Operations Research, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2023.2446
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers, J. ACM 22(2), 1975, 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • A. Waserhole, V. Jost, Pricing in Vehicle Sharing Systems: Optimization in Queuing Networks with Product Forms, EURO J. Transportation and Logistics 5(3), 2016, 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13676-014-0054-4
  • D. K. George, C. H. Xia, Fleet-Sizing and Service Availability for a Vehicle Rental System via Closed Queueing Networks, European J. Operational Research 211(1), 2011, 198–207. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.12.015
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsEconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimum Earnings Regulation and the Stability of Marketplaces I: The Marketplace Is Stable Exactly When M ≤ w* Under Tight Labor Supply (p* ≤ w*) and M ≤ H(R(p*)) Under Loose SupplyResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimum hourly earnings rules for ride-hailing drivers are meant to protect income during periods when drivers spend part of their time idle. A platform pays a wage per hour carrying riders, yet drivers care about earnings per hour logged onto the platform. When many drivers enter after a wage increase, utilization can fall and offset the increase. A regulation that uses the preceding period's utilization to set the next wage can therefore create feedback in the marketplace. Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin model this feedback and identify the exact minimum earnings targets compatible with bounded wages and continuing service (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, §§3–4).

The question matters to marketplace design because a target that cannot be sustained within the model cannot be reached through a bounded wage policy, even if the platform changes prices over time. The theorem separates two economic regimes. When labor supply is tight, the decisive number is the price where demand equals supply. When supply is loose, the decisive number is the greatest revenue the platform can obtain from riders, converted into affordable driver earnings. This mission concerns the paper's threshold theorem and the four lemmas that state its main analytic ingredients.

Setting

In each discrete period ttt, a platform chooses a rider price pt≥0p_t\ge0pt​≥0 and a wage per ride hour wt≥0w_t\ge0wt​≥0. At price ppp, riders demand D(p)D(p)D(p) hours of trips. At expected hourly earnings zzz, drivers supply S(z)S(z)S(z) hours. The quantity of completed rides and driver utilization are

Q(p,z)=min⁡{D(p),S(z)},u(p,z)=Q(p,z)S(z).Q(p,z)=\min\{D(p),S(z)\},\qquad u(p,z)=\frac{Q(p,z)}{S(z)}.Q(p,z)=min{D(p),S(z)},u(p,z)=S(z)Q(p,z)​.

Drivers earn wages only while carrying riders. Thus an earnings equilibrium is a positive sequence ztz_tzt​ satisfying zt=wtu(pt,zt)z_t=w_tu(p_t,z_t)zt​=wt​u(pt​,zt​) in every period. The platform's period profit is π(p,w,z)=(p−w)Q(p,z)\pi(p,w,z)=(p-w)Q(p,z)π(p,w,z)=(p−w)Q(p,z). A minimum earnings target M>0M>0M>0 requires

wt+1≥Mu(pt,zt).w_{t+1}\ge\frac{M}{u(p_t,z_t)}.wt+1​≥u(pt​,zt​)M​.

The rule uses utilization in one period to set a wage floor in the next. A policy is stable if its prices and wages are feasible, it satisfies equilibrium and the wage rule, wages have a finite upper bound across all periods, and profit is nonnegative in all but finitely many periods. This definition permits a finite transition with losses but excludes a wage sequence that grows without bound (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, p. 8, Definitions 1–2 and (5)).

The revenue function is R(p)=pD(p)R(p)=pD(p)R(p)=pD(p), and the labor cost function is C(z)=zS(z)C(z)=zS(z)C(z)=zS(z). Write HHH for the inverse of CCC on positive expenditure. The paper assumes that DDD is positive, continuous, and strictly decreasing; SSS is strictly increasing, differentiable, and positive except possibly at zero; RRR has a unique peak at p∗p^*p∗; and demand and supply cross at w∗w^*w∗, so D(w∗)=S(w∗)D(w^*)=S(w^*)D(w∗)=S(w∗) (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, p. 8, Regularity assumptions).

Each theorem in this mission retains these standing assumptions, including when a particular result uses only some of them.

Formalization targets

Exact stability threshold

The goal is Theorem 1 of the paper. For every M>0M>0M>0, stability is characterized by

Stable⁡(D,S,M)⟺M≤z∗,z∗={w∗,p∗≤w∗,H(R(p∗)),p∗>w∗.\operatorname{Stable}(D,S,M)\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad M\le z^*,\qquad z^*=\begin{cases}w^*,&p^*\le w^*,\\H(R(p^*)),&p^*>w^*.\end{cases}Stable(D,S,M)⟺M≤z∗,z∗={w∗,H(R(p∗)),​p∗≤w∗,p∗>w∗.​

The equality case p∗=w∗p^*=w^*p∗=w∗ belongs to the first branch. The theorem gives an if and only if statement about all feasible sequences of prices and wages, rather than a condition for one chosen stationary policy (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, p. 11, Theorem 1 and (7)).

Supporting results

The milestones reproduce Lemmas 1–4 and two claims in the Online Appendix. Lemma 1 establishes the inverse labor cost's existence, regularity, and monotonicity. Lemma 2 identifies continuous, unique equilibrium earnings for a given price and positive wage. Lemma 3 states that stability admits a policy with price equal to wage. Lemma 4 rewrites the wage rule in that regime. The appendix claims compare the loose-supply threshold with w∗w^*w∗ and show that the tight-supply wage-growth factor exceeds one above w∗w^*w∗ (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, pp. 9–10 and Online Appendix p. 4).

Significance

The theorem identifies the full stable range of targets in this model. In the tight-supply case, raising the target above the demand–supply crossing cannot be stabilized by choosing a different sequence of prices. In the loose-supply case, the highest stable target is tied to the cost of supplying drivers at the platform's peak potential revenue. The distinction explains why the same regulation can have different limits across markets with different demand and supply curves (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, p. 11 and Figure 2).

The paper proves this result mathematically. The remaining formalization task is to represent its sequence model and analytic assumptions in Lean and prove the threshold statement and its supporting lemmas there. Its inverse-cost, equilibrium, and policy-stability interfaces can also be reused for the companion results on utilization shocks and static stability in the same paper. Those companion theorems are separate missions in this series.

Difficulty

The short threshold formula hides two distinct obligations: a policy must satisfy the earnings equilibrium and lagged wage rule at every period, while the impossibility direction must exclude every stable feasible policy, including policies that vary prices over time. The equilibrium earnings formula changes regime when supply at the posted wage crosses demand. At the boundary the two formulas must agree, and the argument must still handle wages that approach or cross the demand–supply point. Boundedness and profit conditions also interact with a finite initial period in which profit may be negative.

The paper's printed explanation for one strict inequality in the tight-supply converse is insufficient: two decreasing factors do not determine the direction of their product. The formal target keeps the inequality the paper uses, while the appendix quotation remains as printed (Asadpour, Lobel, and van Ryzin, 2022, Online Appendix p. 4).

Formalization scope

Prices, wages, earnings, demand, supply, cost, and revenue are real valued. The curves' regularity is imposed on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); differentiability of supply is imposed on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) together with continuity at zero. Revenue is strictly increasing up to p∗p^*p∗ and strictly decreasing afterward, encoding the unique peak. The crossing w∗w^*w∗ and inverse HHH are parameters with their characterizing properties, so the statements hold for their uniquely determined values. The inverse is only used at positive costs.

Lean indexes the first period by 000, so its rule applies to wt+1w_{t+1}wt+1​ for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and places no floor on w0w_0w0​. The paper starts at period 111 and likewise leaves the first wage free. “Bounded wages” means a single real upper bound for every period; “all but finitely many periods” is represented by an eventually true condition on N\mathbb NN.

An equilibrium requires zt>0z_t>0zt​>0. This explicit domain condition prevents a zero-supply input from making u=0/0u=0/0u=0/0 and then M/u=0M/u=0M/u=0 under Lean's total real division, which would make the regulation vacuous. Lemma 2 correspondingly uses w>0w>0w>0. Its branch condition S(w)<D(p)S(w)<D(p)S(w)<D(p) agrees with the paper's w<S−1(D(p))w<S^{-1}(D(p))w<S−1(D(p)) wherever that inverse exists and remains meaningful when demand is outside the range of supply. These domain choices are stated with the items they affect. A complete development needs real-analysis facts about continuous strictly monotone functions and inverses, eventual properties of sequences, and elementary bounds on the utilization ratio. Contributions establishing these interfaces or the stated milestones are within scope.

Selected references

  • Arash Asadpour, Ilan Lobel, and Garrett van Ryzin, Minimum Earnings Regulation and the Stability of Marketplaces, SSRN preprint 3502607, version of August 24, 2022; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022. SSRN preprint. The local formalization uses the dated preprint's page and theorem numbering.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationMarkov ChainProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Matching: Characterizing and Achieving Constant Regret I: Under General Position the Exhaustive Resolving Policy Has Regret at Most Γ/ϵ at All TimesResearch Paper

Motivation

Centralized matching markets (kidney exchange, ride hailing, freight and labor platforms) repeatedly decide which waiting participants to match now and which to hold for a better opportunity later. Matching early collects value sooner; waiting lets the platform see more arrivals and avoid matches that later turn out to be wasteful. A natural yardstick is the best set of matches that could have been made with hindsight from all arrivals up to a given time, and the question is how far an online policy, which cannot see the future, must fall behind that yardstick.

Kerimov, Ashlagi and Gurvich (SSRN 3824407, September 2022; Management Science 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2021.01215) answer this for multi-way matching networks with patient agents. They identify a single parameter of the fluid relaxation, the general position gap ϵ\epsilonϵ, and show that the regret against the hindsight benchmark can be kept at order ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 at all times, and that no policy does better in order on non-trivial networks. This mission formalizes the upper bound. The paper places itself next to constant-regret results for online packing (Bumpensanti and Wang 2020; Vera and Banerjee 2021), where resolving a linear program at each arrival achieves bounded regret.

Setting

There are nnn agent types and ddd matches. Match mmm is a set A(m)\mathcal A(m)A(m) of at least two types, every type belongs to some match, and the matching matrix M∈{0,1}n×dM\in\{0,1\}^{n\times d}M∈{0,1}n×d has Mim=1M_{im}=1Mim​=1 iff i∈A(m)i\in\mathcal A(m)i∈A(m). Performing match mmm uses one agent of each type in A(m)\mathcal A(m)A(m) and earns rm>0r_m>0rm​>0. Time is discrete; at each time t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… one agent arrives, of type iii with probability λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, independently over time. AitA^t_iAit​ counts the type-iii arrivals by time ttt.

A matching policy records DmtD^t_mDmt​, the number of times match mmm has been performed by time ttt. It is admissible when it is non-anticipative and only matches agents present: MDt≤AtMD^t\le A^tMDt≤At. The pre-match queue is Qt=At−MDt−1Q^t=A^t-MD^{t-1}Qt=At−MDt−1, the value collected is RD,t=E[r⋅Dt]\mathcal R^{D,t}=\mathbb E[r\cdot D^t]RD,t=E[r⋅Dt], and the hindsight benchmark is

R∗,t=E[max⁡{r⋅y:My≤At, y∈Z≥0d}].\mathcal R^{*,t}=\mathbb E\big[\max\{r\cdot y: My\le A^t,\ y\in\mathbb Z^d_{\ge0}\}\big].R∗,t=E[max{r⋅y:My≤At, y∈Z≥0d​}].

The static-planning problem is the linear program

(SPP)max⁡ r⋅zs.t.Mz+s=λ, z≥0, s≥0.\text{(SPP)}\qquad \max\ r\cdot z\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Mz+s=\lambda,\ z\ge0,\ s\ge0.(SPP)max r⋅zs.t.Mz+s=λ, z≥0, s≥0.

For an optimal (z∗,s∗)(z^*,s^*)(z∗,s∗) let M+={m:zm∗>0}\mathcal M_+=\{m:z^*_m>0\}M+​={m:zm∗​>0} (active matches), M0\mathcal M_0M0​ the rest (redundant matches), Q+={j:sj∗>0}\mathcal Q_+=\{j:s^*_j>0\}Q+​={j:sj∗​>0} (under-demanded types) and Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ the rest (over-demanded types). The network satisfies general position (GP) if (SPP) has a unique optimal solution and it is non-degenerate, ∣M+∣+∣Q+∣=n|\mathcal M_+|+|\mathcal Q_+|=n∣M+​∣+∣Q+​∣=n. The general position gap is the smallest positive basic value,

ϵ=min⁡m∈M+zm∗ ∧ min⁡j∈Q+sj∗.\epsilon=\min_{m\in\mathcal M_+}z^*_m\ \wedge\ \min_{j\in\mathcal Q_+}s^*_j .ϵ=m∈M+​min​zm∗​ ∧ j∈Q+​min​sj∗​.

The exhaustive resolving policy with inter-action delay τ\tauτ acts only at the epochs tk=kτt_k=k\tautk​=kτ. There it performs an optimal solution of the integer program max⁡{r⋅z:Mz≤Qtk, z∈Z≥0d}\max\{r\cdot z: Mz\le Q^{t_k},\ z\in\mathbb Z^d_{\ge0}\}max{r⋅z:Mz≤Qtk​, z∈Z≥0d​} with the redundant matches removed, and then discards the leftover agents of the under-demanded types.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (Upper bound), p. 14

There are constants κ,Γ>0\kappa,\Gamma>0κ,Γ>0 depending only on n,d,M,rn,d,M,rn,d,M,r such that, under GP, the exhaustive resolving policy with τ=⌈κϵ−1⌉\tau=\lceil\kappa\epsilon^{-1}\rceilτ=⌈κϵ−1⌉ (any tie-breaking) is admissible and

R∗,t−RD,t≤Γ ϵ−1for all t≥1.\mathcal R^{*,t}-\mathcal R^{D,t}\le\Gamma\,\epsilon^{-1}\qquad\text{for all }t\ge1 .R∗,t−RD,t≤Γϵ−1for all t≥1.

The constants are not fixed, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

  1. §2, p. 8: R∗,t=max⁡DRD,t\mathcal R^{*,t}=\max_{D}\mathcal R^{D,t}R∗,t=maxD​RD,t, attained by the ultimate batching policy.
  2. §4.2, (4), p. 20: under GP the optimal basis B\mathcal BB is invertible, (zM+∗,sQ+∗)=B−1λ(z^*_{\mathcal M_+},s^*_{\mathcal Q_+})=\mathcal B^{-1}\lambda(zM+​∗​,sQ+​∗​)=B−1λ, and the entries of B−1\mathcal B^{-1}B−1 are bounded by a constant of the topology.
  3. §4.2, p. 20: θ=∑m∈M+rmym\theta=\sum_{m\in\mathcal M_+}r_my^mθ=∑m∈M+​​rm​ym is the optimal dual of (SPP), θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0, and θi>0\theta_i>0θi​>0 on Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​.
  4. Lemma 4.1, p. 19 (optimality test): a policy without redundant matches whose over-demanded queues have mean O(ϵ−1)O(\epsilon^{-1})O(ϵ−1) has regret O(ϵ−1)O(\epsilon^{-1})O(ϵ−1).
  5. Lemma 4.2, p. 21: a Foster–Lyapunov drift condition bounds stationary means (Glynn and Zeevi 2008).
  6. (11), p. 23: Eπ[h∗(Q0)]=O(ϵ−1)\mathbb E_\pi[h^*(Q^0)]=O(\epsilon^{-1})Eπ​[h∗(Q0)]=O(ϵ−1) for the stationary law of the epoch chain.
  7. App. D, p. 49: E0[h∗(Qtk)]=O(ϵ−1)\mathbb E_{\mathbf 0}[h^*(Q^{t_k})]=O(\epsilon^{-1})E0​[h∗(Qtk​)]=O(ϵ−1) for all k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

Here h∗(u)h^*(u)h∗(u) is the θ\thetaθ-weighted leftover in Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ after an optimal integer matching of uuu (display (7)).

Significance

The upper bound says that, under GP, hindsight-optimal performance up to an additive constant is achievable at every time simultaneously, not just at a known horizon. Long-run average optimality and near-optimality under discounting follow (Remark 2.1). The bound also quantifies the cost of acting often: the delay τ\tauτ and the regret both scale with ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1, so networks close to degeneracy force batching. Combined with the paper's lower bound, ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 is the right order on non-trivial networks.

The result has a printed proof (§4, Appendices B and D) but no machine-checked one. Several intermediate statements of the printed proof do not hold as stated and are not posed here. The goal and the stated displays (11) and App. D are posed as the paper states them, so a formal proof requires a correct argument for the uniform-in-λ\lambdaλ bound on the over-demanded queues. Lemma 4.1, the basis and duality facts and Lemma 4.2 are self-contained and checkable on their own.

Difficulty

The obvious approach compares the policy's realized matches with the fluid optimum t z∗t\,z^*tz∗ and controls the deviation with concentration bounds. That gives errors of order t\sqrt tt​, not a constant. The constant comes from showing that the over-demanded queues stay of order ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 uniformly in time and in λ\lambdaλ. Between epochs these queues behave like a multidimensional reflected random walk whose drift toward zero is only of order ϵτ\epsilon\tauϵτ, while its fluctuations over an epoch are of order τ\sqrt\tauτ​. The delay τ≍ϵ−1\tau\asymp\epsilon^{-1}τ≍ϵ−1 balances the two, but the queue state enters through the integer program (3), whose solution changes discontinuously with the queues, and the quantities that measure the drift are signed combinations of arrival counts, to which the usual one-sided concentration bounds for nonnegative sums do not apply. On top of this every constant must be independent of λ\lambdaλ.

Formalization scope

  • Types are Fin n and matches Fin d (0-based); the topology with its two standing assumptions (∣A(m)∣≥2|\mathcal A(m)|\ge2∣A(m)∣≥2, every type in a match) is a structure, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 with ∑λi=1\sum\lambda_i=1∑λi​=1 and r>0r>0r>0 are hypotheses.
  • Time is N\mathbb NN; "for all t>0t>0t>0" is t≥1t\ge1t≥1. The arrival at time s+1s+1s+1 is the sss-th entry of a path ω:N→\omega:\mathbb N\toω:N→ Fin n. Expectations at horizon ttt are finite sums over the first ttt arrivals weighted by ∏λωs\prod\lambda_{\omega_s}∏λωs​​, so no expectation is a default value.
  • Admissible policies are non-anticipative cumulative counts with MDt≤AtMD^t\le A^tMDt≤At and no rejections. The resolving policy's removal of under-demanded leftovers acts on its own virtual queue, which agrees with the actual queue on Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​; its matches are feasible without removals, so it is admissible.
  • (3) is solved with the redundant matches set to zero, and statements quantify over every tie-breaking selection. A selection exists (a sanity file exhibits one), so these statements are not vacuous.
  • GP is a hypothesis on an explicit pair (z∗,s∗)(z^*,s^*)(z∗,s∗); ϵ\epsilonϵ is the minimum of the positive basic values. The basis inverse is never a matrix-inverse function: statements assert the existence of a two-sided inverse.
  • h∗h^*h∗ is defined in the form min⁡{∑Q0θisi:Mz+s=u, zM0=0}\min\{\sum_{\mathcal Q_0}\theta_is_i: Mz+s=u,\ z_{\mathcal M_0}=0\}min{∑Q0​​θi​si​:Mz+s=u, zM0​​=0}, equivalent to (7) under the paper's reduction M0=∅\mathcal M_0=\emptysetM0​=∅; θ\thetaθ is any solution of the complementary-slackness system, which is unique under GP.
  • Every O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is an explicit constant, quantified after the topology and rrr and before λ\lambdaλ. Placing it after λ\lambdaλ would turn the theorem into a per-instance boundedness statement and is ruled out.
  • A trivializing formalization (some unspecified policy, a τ\tauτ independent of ϵ\epsilonϵ, or GP replaced by an unsatisfiable condition) is ruled out: the policy is constructed, τ=⌈κ/ϵ⌉\tau=\lceil\kappa/\epsilon\rceilτ=⌈κ/ϵ⌉, and a sanity file proves GP for the Figure 1 network with ϵ=1/5\epsilon=1/5ϵ=1/5.
  • Not posed: the lower bound of Theorem 3.1, Proposition 4.1 (8)–(9), Lemmas B.1–B.2, Proposition B.1 and displays (21)–(22), which do not hold as printed; Theorem 5.2 and §6.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the LP facts (milestones 2–3) and Lemma 4.1, a Mathlib-ready proof of Lemma 4.2, and any correct argument for the epoch bounds.

Selected references

  • S. Kerimov, I. Ashlagi, I. Gurvich, Dynamic Matching: Characterizing and Achieving Constant Regret, SSRN 3824407 (version of Sep 14, 2022); Management Science, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3824407, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2021.01215
  • P. W. Glynn, A. Zeevi, Bounding stationary expectations of Markov processes, in Markov Processes and Related Topics, IMS Collections 4, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1214/074921708000000381
  • P. Bumpensanti, H. Wang, A re-solving heuristic with uniformly bounded loss for network revenue management, Management Science 66, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2019.3365
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Offline Multi-Action Policy Learning: Generalization and Optimization 1: Cross-Fitted AIPW Policy Learning Has Regret O_p(κ(Π)√(V*/n)) Even with Slowly Converging Nuisance EstimatesResearch Paper

Learning treatment policies from logged data

Many decisions are made by assigning one of several actions to an individual on the basis of observed features: which of ddd drugs to prescribe, which of several promotions to show, which job-training programme to offer. Experimentation is often costly or unethical, while historical records of past assignments and their outcomes are plentiful. Offline policy learning asks for a rule that maps features to actions, chosen from such observational records, whose expected outcome is close to that of the best rule in a prescribed class. The binary-action case was settled by Kitagawa and Tetenov (2018) with known propensities and by Athey and Wager (2021) with estimated ones; Zhou, Athey and Wager extend the doubly robust approach to d≥2d \ge 2d≥2 actions. This mission formalizes the statistical half of that paper: the regret guarantee of its cross-fitted learner.

Timeline. Robins, Rotnitzky and Zhao (1994) introduced augmented inverse-propensity weighting (AIPW). Dudík, Langford and Li (2011) used doubly robust scores for multi-action policy evaluation and optimization. Chernozhukov et al. (2018) showed that cross-fitting removes the bias of flexible nuisance estimates in semiparametric estimation. Athey and Wager proved n\sqrt nn​-rate regret for binary actions with VC classes. Zhou, Athey and Wager (arXiv 2018; Operations Research, 2023) treat ddd actions with a Hamming entropy integral as the complexity measure.

Setting

There are ddd actions, written 1,…,d1,\dots,d1,…,d and identified with the standard basis vectors of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, so that for γ∈Rd\gamma\in\mathbb R^dγ∈Rd the inner product ⟨π(x),γ⟩\langle\pi(x),\gamma\rangle⟨π(x),γ⟩ is the coordinate γπ(x)\gamma_{\pi(x)}γπ(x)​. A draw consists of features X∈XX\in\mathcal XX∈X, potential outcomes (Y(1),…,Y(d))(Y(1),\dots,Y(d))(Y(1),…,Y(d)) and a logged action AAA; only the triple (X,A,Y)(X,A,Y)(X,A,Y) with Y=Y(A)Y=Y(A)Y=Y(A) is observed. The data are nnn iid draws.

The model consists of a law PXP_XPX​ of the features and two conditional laws given X=xX=xX=x: one for the outcome vector, one for the action. Given XXX the two are independent (unconfoundedness). The propensity is ea(x)=P(A=a∣X=x)e_a(x)=P(A=a\mid X=x)ea​(x)=P(A=a∣X=x) and the mean reward is μa(x)=E[Y(a)∣X=x]\mu_a(x)=\mathbb E[Y(a)\mid X=x]μa​(x)=E[Y(a)∣X=x]. A policy is a map π:X→{1,…,d}\pi:\mathcal X\to\{1,\dots,d\}π:X→{1,…,d} from a class Π\PiΠ. Its value is Q(π)=E[Y(π(X))]Q(\pi)=\mathbb E[Y(\pi(X))]Q(π)=E[Y(π(X))] and its regret is R(π)=sup⁡π′∈ΠQ(π′)−Q(π)R(\pi)=\sup_{\pi'\in\Pi}Q(\pi')-Q(\pi)R(π)=supπ′∈Π​Q(π′)−Q(π).

The learner, CAIPWL (Algorithm 1), divides the sample into K≥2K\ge2K≥2 evenly sized folds. For each fold kkk it fits estimators μ^a−k\hat\mu^{-k}_aμ^​a−k​, e^a−k\hat e^{-k}_ae^a−k​ on the observed data outside fold kkk, forms the cross-fitted AIPW score

Γ^i,j=μ^j−k(i)(Xi)+1{Ai=j}Yi−μ^Ai−k(i)(Xi)e^Ai−k(i)(Xi),\hat\Gamma_{i,j}=\hat\mu^{-k(i)}_j(X_i)+\mathbf 1\{A_i=j\}\frac{Y_i-\hat\mu^{-k(i)}_{A_i}(X_i)}{\hat e^{-k(i)}_{A_i}(X_i)},Γ^i,j​=μ^​j−k(i)​(Xi​)+1{Ai​=j}e^Ai​−k(i)​(Xi​)Yi​−μ^​Ai​−k(i)​(Xi​)​,

and returns a maximizer π^CAIPWL\hat\pi_{CAIPWL}π^CAIPWL​ over Π\PiΠ of Q^CAIPWL(π)=1n∑iΓ^i,π(Xi)\hat Q_{CAIPWL}(\pi)=\frac1n\sum_i\hat\Gamma_{i,\pi(X_i)}Q^​CAIPWL​(π)=n1​∑i​Γ^i,π(Xi​)​. The oracle score Γi\Gamma_iΓi​ is the same expression with the true μ\muμ and eee; it gives Q~(π)=1n∑iΓi,π(Xi)\tilde Q(\pi)=\frac1n\sum_i\Gamma_{i,\pi(X_i)}Q~​(π)=n1​∑i​Γi,π(Xi​)​. Write Δ\DeltaΔ, Δ~\tilde\DeltaΔ~, Δ^\hat\DeltaΔ^ for the differences Q(π1)−Q(π2)Q(\pi_1)-Q(\pi_2)Q(π1​)−Q(π2​), Q~(π1)−Q~(π2)\tilde Q(\pi_1)-\tilde Q(\pi_2)Q~​(π1​)−Q~​(π2​), Q^(π1)−Q^(π2)\hat Q(\pi_1)-\hat Q(\pi_2)Q^​(π1​)−Q^​(π2​), and

V∗=sup⁡πa,πb∈ΠE[(Γπa(X)−Γπb(X))2].V_*=\sup_{\pi_a,\pi_b\in\Pi}\mathbb E\big[(\Gamma_{\pi_a(X)}-\Gamma_{\pi_b(X)})^2\big].V∗​=πa​,πb​∈Πsup​E[(Γπa​(X)​−Γπb​(X)​)2].

The complexity of Π\PiΠ is measured through the Hamming distance H(π1,π2)=1m#{j:π1(xj)≠π2(xj)}H(\pi_1,\pi_2)=\frac1m\#\{j:\pi_1(x_j)\ne\pi_2(x_j)\}H(π1​,π2​)=m1​#{j:π1​(xj​)=π2​(xj​)} on points x1,…,xmx_1,\dots,x_mx1​,…,xm​. The covering number NH(ε,Π)N_H(\varepsilon,\Pi)NH​(ε,Π) is the supremum over all finite point sequences of the least number of policies of Π\PiΠ that ε\varepsilonε-cover Π\PiΠ in HHH. The entropy integral is κ(Π)=∫01log⁡NH(ε2,Π) dε\kappa(\Pi)=\int_0^1\sqrt{\log N_H(\varepsilon^2,\Pi)}\,d\varepsilonκ(Π)=∫01​logNH​(ε2,Π)​dε.

The assumptions are: overlap, ea(x)≥η>0e_a(x)\ge\eta>0ea​(x)≥η>0; bounded rewards, ∣Y(a)∣≤B|Y(a)|\le B∣Y(a)∣≤B; Assumption 2, E[(μ^a−k−μa)2]⋅E[(e^a−k−ea)2]=o(1)/n\mathbb E[(\hat\mu^{-k}_a-\mu_a)^2]\cdot\mathbb E[(\hat e^{-k}_a-e_a)^2]=o(1)/nE[(μ^​a−k​−μa​)2]⋅E[(e^a−k​−ea​)2]=o(1)/n; and Assumption 3, NH(ε,Π)≤Cexp⁡(Dε−ω)N_H(\varepsilon,\Pi)\le C\exp(D\varepsilon^{-\omega})NH​(ε,Π)≤Cexp(Dε−ω) with 0<ω<1/20<\omega<1/20<ω<1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 in the form of Remark 8, (18), p. 22

R(π^CAIPWL)=Op(κ(Π)V∗n),R(\hat\pi_{CAIPWL})=O_p\Big(\kappa(\Pi)\sqrt{\tfrac{V_*}{n}}\Big),R(π^CAIPWL​)=Op​(κ(Π)nV∗​​​),

read per nnn: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there are M>0M>0M>0 and NNN with P(R(π^CAIPWL)>Mκ(Π)V∗/n)≤ε\mathbb P\big(R(\hat\pi_{CAIPWL})>M\kappa(\Pi)\sqrt{V_*/n}\big)\le\varepsilonP(R(π^CAIPWL​)>Mκ(Π)V∗​/n​)≤ε for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N. This is the paper's own "simpler way of stating the regret bound in Theorem 3". It fixes the rate and the dependence on κ(Π)\kappa(\Pi)κ(Π) and V∗V_*V∗​, but no constants.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (1): the inner product distance IΓI_\GammaIΓ​ satisfies the triangle inequality.
  2. (48): E[Q~(π)]=Q(π)\mathbb E[\tilde Q(\pi)]=Q(\pi)E[Q~​(π)]=Q(π).
  3. (17): Δ^−Δ~=∑j(S1j+S2j+S3j)\hat\Delta-\tilde\Delta=\sum_j(S^j_1+S^j_2+S^j_3)Δ^−Δ~=∑j​(S1j​+S2j​+S3j​), the algebraic split into error terms.
  4. Lemma 3 (pinned): sup⁡π1,π2∈Π∣Δ^−Δ~∣=op(n−1/2)\sup_{\pi_1,\pi_2\in\Pi}|\hat\Delta-\tilde\Delta|=o_p(n^{-1/2})supπ1​,π2​∈Π​∣Δ^−Δ~∣=op​(n−1/2).
  5. Oracle concentration (Lemma 2 as used in (18), pinned): sup⁡π1,π2∈Π∣Δ~−Δ∣=Op(n−1/2)\sup_{\pi_1,\pi_2\in\Pi}|\tilde\Delta-\Delta|=O_p(n^{-1/2})supπ1​,π2​∈Π​∣Δ~−Δ∣=Op​(n−1/2).
  6. (18): R(π^)≤sup⁡π1,π2∈Π∣Δ^−Δ∣R(\hat\pi)\le\sup_{\pi_1,\pi_2\in\Pi}|\hat\Delta-\Delta|R(π^)≤supπ1​,π2​∈Π​∣Δ^−Δ∣ for every empirical maximizer.

Printed statements not posed

  • Theorem 3's explicit display, R≤(54.42κ(Π)+435.2+2log⁡(1/δ))V∗/nR\le(54.4\sqrt2\kappa(\Pi)+435.2+\sqrt{2\log(1/\delta)})\sqrt{V_*/n}R≤(54.42​κ(Π)+435.2+2log(1/δ)​)V∗​/n​, together with Theorem 1, Lemma 2 (11) and Theorem 2, is not posed. Lemma 1(2), which the proof of Theorem 1 uses, is false. With three points, d=2d=2d=2, π0≡1\pi_0\equiv1π0​≡1, πk\pi_kπk​ switching to action 2 at the point kkk only, and γi=(1,0)\gamma_i=(1,0)γi​=(1,0), one gets NIΓ(0.7)=4>3≥NH(0.49)N_{I_\Gamma}(0.7)=4>3\ge N_H(0.49)NIΓ​​(0.7)=4>3≥NH​(0.49).
  • The V∗\sqrt{V_*}V∗​​ scaling of Theorem 1 fails for interval-switching classes, where κ(Π)\kappa(\Pi)κ(Π) stays bounded, V∗=2pV_*=2pV∗​=2p, and the Rademacher complexity is of order plog⁡(1/p)\sqrt{p\log(1/p)}plog(1/p)​.
  • 54.42(κ+8)54.4\sqrt2(\kappa+8)54.42​(κ+8) equals 54.42κ+435.2254.4\sqrt2\kappa+435.2\sqrt254.42​κ+435.22​, not 54.42κ+435.254.4\sqrt2\kappa+435.254.42​κ+435.2.
  • The o(1/n)o(1/\sqrt n)o(1/n​) and op(1/n)o_p(1/\sqrt n)op​(1/n​) remainders cannot be absorbed into one explicit constant at a fixed probability.
  • Lemma 1(2) is not posed, being false.

Significance

The theorem shows that a learner can use flexible machine-learning estimates of the propensities and outcome regressions, each converging more slowly than n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, and still attain the regret rate of an oracle that knows them, provided the product of their errors is o(n−1/2)o(n^{-1/2})o(n−1/2). This doubly robust rate condition is what makes cross-fitted AIPW scores usable for policy learning with random forests, boosting or neural-network nuisances. The dependence on Π\PiΠ only through κ(Π)\kappa(\Pi)κ(Π) covers the multi-action classes the paper uses later, such as depth-LLL decision trees.

On formalization: the result is proved on paper, with explicit constants that are not established as printed. No machine-checked proof of any part of it is known. A complete development would give a checked doubly robust policy-learning guarantee with the hypotheses a correct proof needs, stated explicitly. It would also deliver, as by-products, a checked uniform-entropy bound for empirical processes indexed by policy differences and a cross-fitting lemma with fold-wise conditional independence.

Difficulty

Two parts are hard. The oracle concentration needs a chaining (Dudley-type) bound for the empirical process {Δ~(π1,π2)−Δ(π1,π2)}\{\tilde\Delta(\pi_1,\pi_2)-\Delta(\pi_1,\pi_2)\}{Δ~(π1​,π2​)−Δ(π1​,π2​)}, indexed by pairs of policies, in which the covering numbers are uniform over point sets and the entropy integrand uses ε2\varepsilon^2ε2. Bounding one fixed pair by a central limit theorem is not enough, because the supremum over Π×Π\Pi\times\PiΠ×Π is the whole point. Lemma 3 needs the conditional independence that cross-fitting creates: given the data outside fold kkk, the terms of fold kkk are iid with conditional mean zero in the first two error terms of (17). The uniform op(n−1/2)o_p(n^{-1/2})op​(n−1/2) bound then comes from a localized chaining argument whose radius shrinks with the nuisance errors. A naive argument conditioning on all the data at once loses the mean-zero structure.

Formalization scope

Actions are Fin d; policies are deterministic maps X → Fin d (endnote 3, p. 45), and a class is Pol : Set (X → Fin d). The model is a probability measure PX with two Markov kernels κY, κA, and the joint law is PX ⊗ₘ (κY ×ₖ κA). This builds unconfoundedness into the law. The sample of size nnn is the product measure on Fin n → Draw X d. Estimators of fold kkk are functions of the observed triples indexed by {i // fold n i ≠ k}, so they cannot see fold kkk or unobserved potential outcomes. The regret uses sup⁡π′∈ΠQ(π′)\sup_{\pi'\in\Pi}Q(\pi')supπ′∈Π​Q(π′) in place of Q(π∗)Q(\pi^*)Q(π∗). κ(Π)\kappa(\Pi)κ(Π) is an ℝ≥0∞ lower integral, finite under Assumption 3. OpO_pOp​ and opo_pop​ are read for each nnn separately: Definition 8's "∀n≥N\forall n\ge N∀n≥N with probability 1−ε1-\varepsilon1−ε" presupposes one probability space for all nnn. Bounded support is stated for each xxx under κY x.

Hypotheses added to the printed ones:

  • (i) both mean-squared errors tend to 000 separately, in addition to (3). The proof of Lemma 3 uses separate rates, and with μ^≡0\hat\mu\equiv0μ^​≡0, e^=e\hat e=ee^=e, condition (3) holds while the first term of (17) has exact order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2.
  • (ii) ∣μ^∣≤B^|\hat\mu|\le\hat B∣μ^​∣≤B^, e^≥η^>0\hat e\ge\hat\eta>0e^≥η^​>0, and both estimators are measurable.
  • (iii) the policies are measurable, and the class is permissible: for each mmm and action pattern, the set of point sequences on which some policy realizes the pattern is measurable.

Without (ii) and (iii), Lean's integrals of non-measurable functions are 000 and Assumption 2 would be vacuous. The hypotheses are satisfiable: the oracle estimators μ^=μ\hat\mu=\muμ^​=μ, e^=e\hat e=ee^=e meet every estimator condition, and a finite class of constant policies meets Assumption 3 and permissibility. The degenerate cases κ(Π)=0\kappa(\Pi)=0κ(Π)=0 or V∗=0V_*=0V∗​=0 force zero regret, so the goal is not trivialized there.

Needed infrastructure: product measures and kernels (Mathlib), and Hamming covering numbers (local, Definition 4). Still to build: uniform-entropy chaining for bounded classes, and Talagrand/Bousquet-type concentration. Contributions are welcome on the chaining bound, the cross-fitting conditional-independence lemma, and the elementary items (48), (17) and Lemma 1(1). These are reusable in any doubly robust estimation mission.

Selected references

  • Z. Zhou, S. Athey, S. Wager, Offline Multi-Action Policy Learning: Generalization and Optimization, arXiv:1810.04778v2, 2018; Operations Research 71(1), 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.04778
  • S. Athey, S. Wager, Policy Learning with Observational Data, Econometrica 89(1), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1702.02896
  • T. Kitagawa, A. Tetenov, Who Should Be Treated? Empirical Welfare Maximization Methods for Treatment Choice, Econometrica 86(2), 2018. https://doi.org/10.3982/ECTA13288
  • V. Chernozhukov et al., Double/Debiased Machine Learning for Treatment and Structural Parameters, The Econometrics Journal 21(1), 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.00060
  • M. Dudík, J. Langford, L. Li, Doubly Robust Policy Evaluation and Learning, ICML 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1103.4601
  • J. Robins, A. Rotnitzky, L. P. Zhao, Estimation of Regression Coefficients When Some Regressors Are Not Always Observed, JASA 89(427), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1994.10476818
9 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Operational Risk Management: Optimal Inspection Policy I: Periodic Inspection Beats Random Inspection Below an Inspection-Cost Threshold and Loses Above ItResearch Paper

Why inspection timing matters

A firm that relies on employees to process transactions can lose money when errors remain undetected. Inspection catches errors, but each inspection costs money, and employees may change their care when they know when an inspection will occur. These effects make the timing of inspections part of a contract design problem, not just a scheduling choice. Kim and Xu study that problem in a continuous-time principal–agent model of operational risk. Their SSRN preprint proves that the ranking of two common inspection policies changes with the cost of inspection: periodic inspection is better at low cost, while random inspection is better at high cost (Proposition 4, p. 17). This mission targets that result in the authors' July 2023 preprint, whose numbering is used throughout.

The comparison matters because neither inspection policy has an unconditional advantage in the model. A periodic schedule fixes the time until the next inspection; a random schedule makes that time uncertain. The agent responds to the schedule through effort, while the firm pays both for inspections and for errors left unresolved. Choosing a policy by its inspection frequency alone therefore misses a change in the agent's response and in the duration of losses. The paper develops both policies' optimal contracts before comparing their payoffs Kim and Xu, §§3–4.

The model

The principal is a firm and the agent is an employee. The firm earns base profit at rate μ>0\mu>0μ>0. The agent chooses a nonnegative effort path a(t)a(t)a(t), where ttt is time since the last inspection, at unit cost c>0c>0c>0. Errors arrive at aggregate rate λe−a(t)\lambda e^{-a(t)}λe−a(t), with λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. Each unresolved error causes expected loss L>0L>0L>0 per unit time until the next inspection finds and corrects it. The paper begins with several error classes, then uses their aggregate arrival rate λ\lambdaλ and rate-weighted mean loss LLL for the remainder of the analysis (7), p. 10.

The firm chooses an inspection frequency vvv, a penalty PPP charged to the employee per error found, and a wage www. Under the random policy RRR, the time τ\tauτ between inspections is exponentially distributed with rate vvv; under the periodic policy DDD, it equals 1/v1/v1/v. The employee chooses a best response to the announced policy and contract. The employee must receive at least the reservation payoff πˉ>0\bar\pi>0πˉ>0. Both parties discount future payoffs at rate r>0r>0r>0. An inspection costs the firm K>0K>0K>0 per cycle. Equations (1) and (3) specify their discounted payoffs; equation (6) gives the firm's reduced payoff when participation binds §3, pp. 8–10.

The standing Assumption 1 is c<Lλ/rc<L\lambda/rc<Lλ/r and Lλ/r<μˉL\lambda/r<\bar\muLλ/r<μˉ​, with μˉ=μ−rπˉ\bar\mu=\mu-r\bar\piμˉ​=μ−rπˉ. The first inequality excludes the paper's degenerate no-effort regime; the second ensures that the adjusted base profit exceeds the expected operational loss of the uninspected benchmark (7), p. 10. In the formalization, all six parameters r,c,λ,L,μ,πˉr,c,\lambda,L,\mu,\bar\pir,c,λ,L,μ,πˉ are also positive, as stated in §3.

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition 4. For fixed model parameters there is one inspection-cost threshold KRDK_{RD}KRD​, independent of the particular positive cost KKK, such that

0<K<KRD⟹ΠR(SR∗)<ΠD(SD∗),0<K<K_{RD}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad \Pi_R(S_R^*)<\Pi_D(S_D^*),0<K<KRD​⟹ΠR​(SR∗​)<ΠD​(SD∗​), 0<K and K>KRD⟹ΠD(SD∗)<ΠR(SR∗).0<K\ \text{and}\ K>K_{RD}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad \Pi_D(S_D^*)<\Pi_R(S_R^*).0<K and K>KRD​⟹ΠD​(SD∗​)<ΠR​(SR∗​).

Here SR∗S_R^*SR∗​ and SD∗S_D^*SD∗​ are optimal feasible strategies under the respective inspection laws. The paper does not specify which policy is better at K=KRDK=K_{RD}K=KRD​, and the formal goal does not add an equality claim there Proposition 4, p. 17.

The milestones first connect binding participation to the firm's reduced payoff in (6). Lemma 3 identifies constant optimal effort under random inspections and its threshold v‾R\underline v_Rv​R​; Lemma 4 identifies the time-dependent effort under periodic inspections and its threshold v‾D\underline v_Dv​D​. The two statements in §4.2 then express the firm's reduced payoff through the explicit random branches VˉR,VR0\bar V_R,V_R^0VˉR​,VR0​ of (EC.2) and periodic branches VˉD,V‾D,VD0\bar V_D,\underline V_D,V_D^0VˉD​,V​D​,VD0​ of (EC.4) pp. 10, 13–14 and ec5–ec6. These targets fix the model and its regime changes before solvers address the policy-level optimization.

What the result establishes

The result distinguishes regimes in which a predictable inspection date pays off from regimes in which an uncertain one pays off, after each policy's frequency, penalty, wage and induced effort are optimized. It is a claim about the principal's optimal payoff under complete contracts in the paper's model. It does not assert that either schedule dominates for every fixed frequency or penalty. The strict comparisons matter: they identify a genuine reversal rather than a weak inclusion of one policy's feasible strategies in another's Proposition 4, p. 17.

Kim and Xu proved this proposition in the cited preprint; the open work in this mission is to give its stated model, supporting results and comparison a machine-checked Lean proof. The definitions of inspection laws, achievable payoffs and discounted cycle quantities can also support the paper's separate hybrid-policy comparison and future formal work on continuous-time inspection contracts. The closed-form payoff branches provide testable interfaces between the economic model and the optimization results. The mission does not claim that any of these proofs is already machine checked.

Where the difficulty lies

The direct intuition that unpredictable inspections should always restrain delayed effort fails as a policy comparison. Under a periodic schedule, the employee can increase effort near the known inspection time, but earlier inspection also shortens the time that errors remain costly. The relative effect depends on KKK and on which effort regime is optimal. An argument based only on the employee's response at a fixed (v,P)(v,P)(v,P) cannot determine the ranking of the principal's optimized payoffs. The paper's characterization of each policy includes both effort inducement and error correction modes, with different closed forms and cost thresholds §4.2, pp. 14–15; proof of Proposition 4, pp. ec30–ec33.

Formalization scope

Lean represents an effort path as a real-valued function of time since the last inspection. It is measurable, nonnegative and bounded. The last condition is a disclosed modelling pin: it ensures that the real-valued expected effort and error terms do not acquire Lean's default zero value for a nonintegrable function. The random interval law is Mathlib's exponential measure; the periodic law is a Dirac measure at 1/v1/v1/v. The error classes are aggregated using λ\lambdaλ and LLL, and expected errors are λ∫0te−a(s)ds\lambda\int_0^t e^{-a(s)}dsλ∫0t​e−a(s)ds. This starts at the discounted cycle payoff equations (1) and (3), rather than reconstructing the underlying Poisson and Brownian processes §3 and Appendix EC.4.1.

Feasible principal strategies require v>0v>0v>0, P,w≥0P,w\ge0P,w≥0, a best-responding agent and the participation constraint. This makes the 1/v1/v1/v formulas meaningful. The agent's best-response test sets w=0w=0w=0, because wage enters payoff additively and cannot change which effort is optimal. A policy comparison uses achievable payoffs: it asserts an achievable payoff for the better policy exceeding every achievable payoff of the worse policy. That formulation avoids default values of a real supremum over an empty or unbounded set. It also prevents an empty feasible set from satisfying a comparison vacuously. The threshold KRDK_{RD}KRD​ is quantified before KKK, and the source does not explicitly require it to be positive. Formulas dividing by PPP are invoked only when P>c/λP>c/\lambdaP>c/λ; the zero-penalty case has a separate statement.

This initial mission includes the model, the effort lemmas, the two payoff-regime statements and Proposition 4. Characterizing the globally optimal random and periodic contracts and their comparisons remains welcome solver work; their long closed-form optimization results have not been weakened into easier draft milestones. Reusable contributions include integration facts for the exponential and Dirac laws, best-response characterizations up to almost-everywhere equality, and analytic properties of the payoff branches.

Selected references

  • Y. Kim and Y. Xu, Operational Risk Management: Optimal Inspection Policy, SSRN preprint 3491006, version compiled July 2023, SSRN. Published in Management Science, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2021.00322. The mission cites the preprint's page and result numbering.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Superstar Exclusivity in Two-Sided Markets: Exclusivity Draws Consumers and Complementors to the Favored Platform and Raises Complementors' Total SurplusResearch Paper

Motivation

Platform markets often feature a Superstar: a single complement whose presence moves consumers, such as a blockbuster game on a console or a star streamer on a video platform. Whether such a Superstar signs an exclusive deal with one platform or stays available on both is a recurring question for competition authorities and for platform managers. Empirical work documents both sides of the effect. Exclusive titles help small consoles challenge incumbents (Lee 2013). Superstar apps generate demand-discovery spillovers for small developers (Ershov 2020, NET Institute working paper). When a star streamer switched platforms, viewers followed and other content producers repositioned (Förderer & Gutt 2021, working paper).

Carroni, Madio & Shekhar (Management Science, 2024) build a two-sided Hotelling model with three groups of agents: consumers, a fringe of small complementors, and the Superstar. The model asks how Superstar exclusivity changes prices, participation and welfare. This mission formalizes the paper's analysis of the complementor side under vertical separation. The analysis runs through the equilibrium prices (Lemmas 1–3) and the sorting of complementors into multihomers, singlehomers and inactive firms (Proposition 1). It ends in the welfare result that exclusivity raises complementors' total surplus (Proposition 3).

Setting

Two platforms 111 and 222 sit at the ends of a Hotelling line. A unit mass of consumers has types m∈[−mˉ,mˉ]m\in[-\bar m,\bar m]m∈[−mˉ,mˉ], distributed with cumulative distribution function FFF and density fff. The type mmm measures the preference for platform 222 over platform 111. The Superstar is worth ϕ\phiϕ to a consumer of a platform that hosts it, and gi∈{0,1}g_i\in\{0,1\}gi​∈{0,1} records its presence on platform iii. A consumer of type mmm joins platform 111 rather than 222 when

m≤m~=ϕ(g1−g2)−(p1−p2)+θ(N1−N2),m\le \tilde m=\phi(g_1-g_2)-(p_1-p_2)+\theta(N_1-N_2),m≤m~=ϕ(g1​−g2​)−(p1​−p2​)+θ(N1​−N2​),

where pip_ipi​ are the consumer prices, NiN_iNi​ the masses of complementors on the platforms, and θ>0\theta>0θ>0 the value of a unit mass of complementors to a consumer. Platform 111's consumer share is D=F(m~)D=F(\tilde m)D=F(m~) and platform 222's is 1−D1-D1−D.

Complementors have an opportunity cost k≥0k\ge0k≥0 of joining each platform, distributed with mass function Λ\LambdaΛ and density λ\lambdaλ. A complementor receives γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 per unit mass of consumers, so it joins platform iii if and only if k≤γDik\le\gamma D_ik≤γDi​, and Ni=Λ(γDi)N_i=\Lambda(\gamma D_i)Ni​=Λ(γDi​). A complementor that joins both platforms pays kkk twice.

Expectations are fulfilled: the share DDD solves the fixed-point equation

D=F(ϕ(g1−g2)−(p1−p2)+θ[Λ(γD)−Λ(γ(1−D))]).D=F\bigl(\phi(g_1-g_2)-(p_1-p_2)+\theta[\Lambda(\gamma D)-\Lambda(\gamma(1-D))]\bigr).D=F(ϕ(g1​−g2​)−(p1​−p2​)+θ[Λ(γD)−Λ(γ(1−D))]).

Platforms choose prices simultaneously to maximise gross profit piDip_iD_ipi​Di​. Under exclusivity the Superstar is on platform 111 only (g=(1,0)g=(1,0)g=(1,0)); under non-exclusivity it is on both (g=(1,1)g=(1,1)g=(1,1)). The paper's standing assumptions are smoothness and symmetry of FFF, a positive nondecreasing density λ\lambdaλ, and Assumption 3: fγθ[λ(γF)+λ(γ(1−F))]<1f\gamma\theta[\lambda(\gamma F)+\lambda(\gamma(1-F))]<1fγθ[λ(γF)+λ(γ(1−F))]<1, which keeps cross-group externalities below the differentiation parameter. The complementors' total surplus at shares (D1,D2)(D_1,D_2)(D1​,D2​) is

FS(D1,D2)=∫0γD1(γD1−k)λ(k) dk+∫0γD2(γD2−k)λ(k) dk.FS(D_1,D_2)=\int_0^{\gamma D_1}(\gamma D_1-k)\lambda(k)\,dk+\int_0^{\gamma D_2}(\gamma D_2-k)\lambda(k)\,dk .FS(D1​,D2​)=∫0γD1​​(γD1​−k)λ(k)dk+∫0γD2​​(γD2​−k)λ(k)dk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For ϕ>0\phi>0ϕ>0, let D(ϕ)D(\phi)D(ϕ) be platform 111's share in the selected exclusivity equilibrium and EEE the share in the symmetric non-exclusive equilibrium. Then

FS(E,1−E)<FS(D(ϕ),1−D(ϕ)).FS\bigl(E,1-E\bigr)<FS\bigl(D(\phi),1-D(\phi)\bigr).FS(E,1−E)<FS(D(ϕ),1−D(ϕ)).

The statement fixes no functional forms and no constants. It holds for every model satisfying the assumptions and every ϕ>0\phi>0ϕ>0.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1. At every interior equilibrium, p1=F(m⋆){1/f(m⋆)−γθ[λ(γD1)+λ(γD2)]}p_1=F(m^\star)\{1/f(m^\star)-\gamma\theta[\lambda(\gamma D_1)+\lambda(\gamma D_2)]\}p1​=F(m⋆){1/f(m⋆)−γθ[λ(γD1​)+λ(γD2​)]}, and p2p_2p2​ is the same expression with 1−F(m⋆)1-F(m^\star)1−F(m⋆) in place of F(m⋆)F(m^\star)F(m⋆).
  2. Lemma 2. Under non-exclusivity at equal prices, D=12D=\tfrac12D=21​, m⋆=0m^\star=0m⋆=0 and p=1/(2f(0))−γθλ(γ/2)p=1/(2f(0))-\gamma\theta\lambda(\gamma/2)p=1/(2f(0))−γθλ(γ/2). All active complementors multihome.
  3. Lemma 3 (demand and complementor part). Under exclusivity, D1⋆(1,0)>D2⋆(0,1)D^\star_1(1,0)>D^\star_2(0,1)D1⋆​(1,0)>D2⋆​(0,1) and Λ(γD1⋆)>Λ(γD2⋆)\Lambda(\gamma D^\star_1)>\Lambda(\gamma D^\star_2)Λ(γD1⋆​)>Λ(γD2⋆​).
  4. Proposition 1. Under exclusivity, complementors with k∈(0,γD2⋆]k\in(0,\gamma D^\star_2]k∈(0,γD2⋆​] multihome, those with k∈(γD2⋆,γD1⋆]k\in(\gamma D^\star_2,\gamma D^\star_1]k∈(γD2⋆​,γD1⋆​] singlehome on platform 111, and the rest are inactive. More complementors are active than under non-exclusivity.
  5. Decomposition of ΔFS\Delta FSΔFS (Section 4.3) into the contributions of multihomers, of switchers from multihoming to singlehoming, and of entrants.

Significance

The result says that a Superstar's exclusive contract, usually discussed as a tool of foreclosure against the rival platform, benefits the fringe of complementors taken as a whole. Some complementors stop paying for a second platform. Others, inactive without exclusivity, enter on the favoured platform. The comparison feeds into the paper's welfare analysis (consumer surplus, Proposition 4) and into its account of when the Superstar chooses exclusivity (Proposition 5). It supplies a theoretical counterpart to the empirical spillover findings cited above.

The paper's proofs are informal in places that matter. Equilibrium selection under fulfilled expectations is described in words only, and the derivative argument for Lemma 3 tracks an equilibrium as a function of ϕ\phiϕ without saying which one. A formal development has to fix these choices, and this mission fixes them explicitly (see Formalization scope). None of these results has been machine-checked before. The fixed-point and first-order machinery for two-sided fulfilled-expectations demand would also serve other platform-competition models in the Armstrong (2006) tradition.

Difficulty

The surplus comparison itself is elementary once the equilibrium shares are known. The work lies in the equilibrium shares. Fulfilled-expectations demand is defined by a fixed point that can have several solutions, so neither the share at a deviation price nor the equilibrium share is a priori a function of prices. The obvious first step, "impose symmetry", does not prove that the non-exclusive share is 12\tfrac1221​. One must show that 12\tfrac1221​ is the only interior fixed point at equal prices. Likewise, the exclusive share exceeds 12\tfrac1221​ only for the equilibrium reached continuously from the symmetric one. Coordination on the disfavoured platform is a fulfilled-expectations outcome the model does not exclude. Lemma 1 needs a differentiable local branch of the fixed point at a deviation, which is where Assumption 3 enters.

Formalization scope

Everything is real-valued. The model is a structure with mˉ,γ,θ>0\bar m,\gamma,\theta>0mˉ,γ,θ>0, functions F,f,Λ,λ:R→RF,f,\Lambda,\lambda:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RF,f,Λ,λ:R→R, and the following hypotheses:

  • FFF is continuous and monotone, 000 left of −mˉ-\bar m−mˉ and 111 right of mˉ\bar mmˉ, C2C^2C2 with F′=f>0F'=f>0F′=f>0 on (−mˉ,mˉ)(-\bar m,\bar m)(−mˉ,mˉ), and symmetric, F(−x)=1−F(x)F(-x)=1-F(x)F(−x)=1−F(x);
  • Λ(0)=0\Lambda(0)=0Λ(0)=0, Λ\LambdaΛ is C2C^2C2 with Λ′=λ\Lambda'=\lambdaΛ′=λ, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is nondecreasing on [0,γ][0,\gamma][0,γ];
  • Assumption 3 holds on (−mˉ,mˉ)(-\bar m,\bar m)(−mˉ,mˉ).

Several conventions depart from the paper's wording:

  • The paper asks for λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, λ′≥0\lambda'\ge0λ′≥0 on all of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) for a distribution function Λ\LambdaΛ, which no distribution satisfies. These conditions are imposed on [0,γ][0,\gamma][0,γ], the only range on which Λ\LambdaΛ is evaluated.
  • The bounds on f′f'f′ in Assumption 2 are dropped, which only strengthens the statements.
  • "mˉ\bar mmˉ large enough" is replaced by interiority (0<D<10<D<10<D<1) of every equilibrium considered.
  • The standalone value vvv cancels and is omitted.

Fulfilled-expectations demand is a relation, not a chosen function. A price equilibrium is a Nash equilibrium in prices in which no deviation is profitable for any fulfilled-expectations share it induces. Lemma 1's formulas are a theorem about this equilibrium, not its definition. The symmetric non-exclusive outcome is the interior equilibrium at equal prices. The exclusive outcome is the end point, at value ϕ\phiϕ, of a continuous path of interior equilibria of the games with Superstar value t∈[0,ϕ]t\in[0,\phi]t∈[0,ϕ], starting from equal prices at t=0t=0t=0. Platform 222's share is always 1−D1-D1−D.

The goal must not be posed with D(ϕ)>12D(\phi)>\tfrac12D(ϕ)>21​, D(ϕ)≠12D(\phi)\ne\tfrac12D(ϕ)=21​ or E=12E=\tfrac12E=21​ as a hypothesis: since D↦FS(D,1−D)D\mapsto FS(D,1-D)D↦FS(D,1−D) is strictly convex and symmetric about 12\tfrac1221​, any of these would reduce it to a calculus exercise. The price ranking in Lemma 3 is not part of the mission. Its proof rests on bounds on f′f'f′ that the paper states only as functions of unspecified equilibrium arguments.

The needed infrastructure is the implicit function theorem in one variable, interval integrals of continuous functions, and the intermediate value theorem. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on alternative proofs of the goal, and on reusable lemmas about uniqueness of fulfilled-expectations fixed points.

Selected references

  • Carroni, E., Madio, L., Shekhar, S., Superstar Exclusivity in Two-Sided Markets, Management Science 70(2):991–1011, 2024; accepted manuscript at IRIS Bologna. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4720, http://hdl.handle.net/11585/922035
  • Armstrong, M., Competition in Two-Sided Markets, RAND Journal of Economics 37(3):668–691, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1756-2171.2006.tb00037.x
  • Fudenberg, D., Tirole, J., Customer Poaching and Brand Switching, RAND Journal of Economics 31(4):634–657, 2000. https://doi.org/10.2307/2696352
  • Lee, R. S., Vertical Integration and Exclusivity in Platform and Two-Sided Markets, American Economic Review 103(7):2960–3000, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.103.7.2960
  • Ershov, D., Competing with Superstars in the Mobile App Market, NET Institute Working Paper, 2020.
  • Förderer, J., Gutt, D., The Effects of Platform Superstars on Content Production: Evidence from Ninja, working paper, 2021.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Digital Privacy I: The Profit-Maximizing Data Collection and Protection Have a Closed Form, and Both Weakly Increase with the Data-Driven Revenue Share PResearch Paper

Why digital businesses choose how much data to keep and how well to guard it

Platforms that earn money from their users' activity make two linked decisions about the data that activity generates: how much of it to record and store, and how much to spend protecting what they store. Stored data lets a business tailor its services and sell data-driven products, but it also attracts adversaries (hackers, data brokers, unauthorized third parties) whose access harms users, who then use the service less. Fainmesser, Galeotti and Momot, Digital Privacy (Management Science 69(6), 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4513; author manuscript SSRN 3459274), build a tractable model of this trade-off and solve it in closed form. Their first main result, Theorem 1, gives the profit-maximizing data strategy explicitly and shows that a business whose revenue depends more on data both collects more and protects more. The result is the basis for the paper's policy analysis (data protection standards, Pigouvian taxes on stored data) and for its comparison with the social optimum, which is the subject of a companion mission.

Setting

A unit mass of identical users each choose an activity level a≥0a \ge 0a≥0. The business stores a fraction ξ∈[0,1]\xi \in [0,1]ξ∈[0,1] of every user's activity and protects it at level C≥0C \ge 0C≥0, at cost ψC\psi CψC. With average activity aˉ\bar aaˉ and a mass ω\omegaω of active adversaries, a user's utility is (display (1))

U(a,aˉ)=a−12a2+βaaˉ+(ρ−ω)aξ,U(a, \bar a) = a - \tfrac12 a^2 + \beta a\bar a + (\rho - \omega) a\xi ,U(a,aˉ)=a−21​a2+βaaˉ+(ρ−ω)aξ,

where β∈[0,1)\beta \in [0,1)β∈[0,1) measures network effects and ρ∈[0,1)\rho \in [0,1)ρ∈[0,1) the users' benefit from tailored services built on stored data. Adversaries have access costs γC\gamma CγC with γ\gammaγ uniform on [0,M][0, M][0,M] and gain aˉξ\bar a\xiaˉξ; letting M→∞M \to \inftyM→∞, the mass of active adversaries is ω=ξaˉ/C\omega = \xi\bar a/Cω=ξaˉ/C. Proposition 1 shows that for every data strategy (ξ,C)(\xi, C)(ξ,C) with C>0C > 0C>0 this users–adversaries subgame has a unique equilibrium,

aˉ∗(ξ,C)=C(1+ρξ)C(1−β)+ξ2,ω∗(ξ,C)=ξaˉ∗(ξ,C)C,\bar a^*(\xi, C) = \frac{C(1+\rho\xi)}{C(1-\beta)+\xi^2}, \qquad \omega^*(\xi, C) = \frac{\xi\bar a^*(\xi, C)}{C},aˉ∗(ξ,C)=C(1−β)+ξ2C(1+ρξ)​,ω∗(ξ,C)=Cξaˉ∗(ξ,C)​,

with consumer surplus CS(ξ,C)=12aˉ∗(ξ,C)2\mathrm{CS}(\xi, C) = \tfrac12\bar a^*(\xi, C)^2CS(ξ,C)=21​aˉ∗(ξ,C)2; when nothing is stored, aˉ∗(0,C)=1/(1−β)\bar a^*(0, C) = 1/(1-\beta)aˉ∗(0,C)=1/(1−β). The business's profit is (display (2))

Π(ξ,C)=(1−P) aˉ∗(ξ,C)+P ξaˉ∗(ξ,C)−ψC,\Pi(\xi, C) = (1-P)\,\bar a^*(\xi, C) + P\,\xi\bar a^*(\xi, C) - \psi C ,Π(ξ,C)=(1−P)aˉ∗(ξ,C)+Pξaˉ∗(ξ,C)−ψC,

where the revenue model P∈[0,1]P \in [0,1]P∈[0,1] is the share of revenue that is data-driven: P=0P = 0P=0 is a purely usage-driven business, P=1P = 1P=1 a purely data-driven one. A business optimum is a strategy (ξ,C)∈[0,1]×[0,∞)(\xi, C) \in [0,1] \times [0,\infty)(ξ,C)∈[0,1]×[0,∞) that maximizes Π\PiΠ over [0,1]×[0,∞)[0,1] \times [0,\infty)[0,1]×[0,∞).

The Lean development uses the same names: abar, omegaStar, CS, profit, Feasible, IsBusinessOpt, the best-response quantities Ch (ChC_hCh​), kappa (κ\kappaκ), Cl (ClC_lCl​), xiBR, the threshold psiL (ψL\psi_LψL​), the interior root xiI (ξi\xi_iξi​), and the closed forms xiStar (ξ⋆\xi^\starξ⋆) and CStar (C⋆C^\starC⋆).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For fixed 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1, 0<ρ<10 < \rho < 10<ρ<1, ψ>0\psi > 0ψ>0 and every P∈(0,1]P \in (0,1]P∈(0,1], let

ξ⋆=max⁡{0,min⁡{1,12Pρ(−(1−P)ρ−P+∣P−(1−P)ρ∣ψmax⁡{0,ψ−Pρ})}},\xi^\star = \max\Big\{0, \min\Big\{1, \frac{1}{2P\rho}\Big(-(1-P)\rho - P + |P-(1-P)\rho|\sqrt{\frac{\psi}{\max\{0,\psi-P\rho\}}}\Big)\Big\}\Big\},ξ⋆=max{0,min{1,2Pρ1​(−(1−P)ρ−P+∣P−(1−P)ρ∣max{0,ψ−Pρ}ψ​​)}}, C⋆=ξ⋆1−β(−ξ⋆+1ψ(1+ρξ⋆)(1−P(1−ξ⋆))).C^\star = \frac{\xi^\star}{1-\beta}\Big(-\xi^\star + \sqrt{\tfrac1\psi(1+\rho\xi^\star)(1-P(1-\xi^\star))}\Big).C⋆=1−βξ⋆​(−ξ⋆+ψ1​(1+ρξ⋆)(1−P(1−ξ⋆))​).

Then (ξ⋆,C⋆)(\xi^\star, C^\star)(ξ⋆,C⋆) is a business optimum, and both P↦ξ⋆P \mapsto \xi^\starP↦ξ⋆ and P↦C⋆P \mapsto C^\starP↦C⋆ are weakly increasing on (0,1](0,1](0,1].

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 10): the subgame equilibrium (3) is unique, and consumer surplus is (4).
  2. Proposition 1 (a)–(b) with footnote 15: aˉ∗\bar a^*aˉ∗ and ξaˉ∗\xi\bar a^*ξaˉ∗ increase in CCC, and are single-peaked in ξ\xiξ.
  3. Lemma 1 (p. 29): for fixed ξ\xiξ, the unique optimal protection is max⁡{Ch(ξ),0}\max\{C_h(\xi), 0\}max{Ch​(ξ),0}.
  4. Lemma 2 (p. 29): for fixed C>0C > 0C>0, the unique optimal collection is −κ(C)+κ(C)2+C(1−β)-\kappa(C) + \sqrt{\kappa(C)^2 + C(1-\beta)}−κ(C)+κ(C)2+C(1−β)​ if C<ClC < C_lC<Cl​ and 111 if C>ClC > C_lC>Cl​.
  5. App. A.2 summary (p. 31): with Pρ≤ψL≤ψHP\rho \le \psi_L \le \psi_HPρ≤ψL​≤ψH​, the business optimum is (1,Ch(1))(1, C_h(1))(1,Ch​(1)) for ψ≤ψL\psi \le \psi_Lψ≤ψL​, (ξi,Ch(ξi))(\xi_i, C_h(\xi_i))(ξi​,Ch​(ξi​)) with ξi∈(0,1)\xi_i \in (0,1)ξi​∈(0,1) for ψL<ψ<ψH\psi_L < \psi < \psi_HψL​<ψ<ψH​, and (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) for ψ≥ψH\psi \ge \psi_Hψ≥ψH​.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the statement that a business's revenue model alone orders its data practices: holding users and costs fixed, moving toward data-driven revenue never lowers collection and never lowers protection. The paper uses it to explain why consumer surplus is maximized at an intermediate revenue model P=ρ/(1+ρ)P = \rho/(1+\rho)P=ρ/(1+ρ) (Proposition 2), and as the benchmark against which it evaluates regulation in §6. The closed form also makes the regime structure explicit: no collection when protection is expensive, full collection when it is cheap, and an interior solution in between.

The result is proved in the paper (App. A.2–A.3, with the proofs of Lemmas 1–2 in Online App. B), but parts of that proof are informal: several steps are "easy to check" or "can be derived similarly", one case is treated and the other left to the reader, and the second-order conditions are referred to a general lemma in Online App. C.5. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof certifies the closed form, including its boundary cases, which the printed formula handles through an infinite square root.

Difficulty

The profit is not jointly concave, so first-order conditions do not settle the problem. The argument intersects the two best responses (Lemmas 1–2), and two candidate strategies survive in the intermediate regime: (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) and the interior point. Choosing between them requires comparing profits across all ψ\psiψ and showing the comparison flips exactly at ψH\psi_HψH​. Monotonicity in PPP is harder still: as PPP moves, so do both thresholds ψL(P)\psi_L(P)ψL​(P) and ψH(P)\psi_H(P)ψH​(P), so a fixed ψ\psiψ can cross from one regime to another, and ξ⋆\xi^\starξ⋆ and C⋆C^\starC⋆ must be shown monotone within each regime and across the switches. Within the interior regime C⋆=Ch(ξ⋆)C^\star = C_h(\xi^\star)C⋆=Ch​(ξ⋆) depends on PPP both directly and through ξ⋆\xi^\starξ⋆, so differentiating the closed form does not by itself give the sign.

Formalization scope

All parameters are explicit real numbers; every optimum is taken over ξ∈[0,1]\xi \in [0,1]ξ∈[0,1], C≥0C \ge 0C≥0, never over R2\mathbb R^2R2. The page's ranges are 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1, 0≤ρ<10 \le \rho < 10≤ρ<1, ψ≥0\psi \ge 0ψ≥0, 0≤P≤10 \le P \le 10≤P≤1. The following are added and disclosed in each item: ψ>0\psi > 0ψ>0 everywhere (otherwise ChC_hCh​ and (6) divide by zero and no maximizer exists); P>0P > 0P>0 and ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 in Theorem 1 and the App. A.2 summary (formula (5) divides by 2Pρ2P\rho2Pρ); C>0C > 0C>0 in Proposition 1 and Lemma 2 (the adversary mass ξaˉ/C\xi\bar a/Cξaˉ/C); ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 in Lemma 2.

Three conventions are fixed. First, aˉ∗(0,C)=1/(1−β)\bar a^*(0, C) = 1/(1-\beta)aˉ∗(0,C)=1/(1−β) for every CCC, the paper's value at (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) where (3) is 0/00/00/0. Second, ξ⋆=1\xi^\star = 1ξ⋆=1 whenever ψ≤Pρ\psi \le P\rhoψ≤Pρ, the page's own reading of the infinite square root in (5). Third, ψ≥ψH\psi \ge \psi_Hψ≥ψH​ is written as (P+(1−P)ρ)2≤4(1−P)ψ(P+(1-P)\rho)^2 \le 4(1-P)\psi(P+(1−P)ρ)2≤4(1−P)ψ, so that ψH=+∞\psi_H = +\inftyψH​=+∞ at P=1P = 1P=1. Using Lean's 0/0=00/0 = 00/0=0 at either of the first two places makes Theorem 1 false, not trivial, and is ruled out by these definitions. Theorem 1 asserts that (ξ⋆,C⋆)(\xi^\star, C^\star)(ξ⋆,C⋆) is a maximizer: uniqueness fails at P=ρ/(1+ρ)P = \rho/(1+\rho)P=ρ/(1+ρ), ψ=ρ2/(1+ρ)\psi = \rho^2/(1+\rho)ψ=ρ2/(1+ρ). Monotonicity is MonotoneOn on (0,1](0,1](0,1] with β,ρ,ψ\beta, \rho, \psiβ,ρ,ψ fixed; a Monotone statement with junk values outside (0,1](0,1](0,1] would not be the paper's claim.

A complete development needs only real analysis from Mathlib: one-variable calculus for the best responses, square-root and absolute-value manipulations for the closed form, and a profit comparison across regimes. The best-response lemmas are reusable for the companion mission on the social optimum. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of auxiliary lemmas such as C⋆=Ch(ξ⋆)C^\star = C_h(\xi^\star)C⋆=Ch​(ξ⋆), are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. P. Fainmesser, A. Galeotti, R. Momot, Digital Privacy, Management Science 69(6):3157–3173, 2023. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4513; author manuscript (This Draft: April 2022), SSRN 3459274.
  • E. L. Glaeser, J. A. Scheinkman, Non-Market Interactions, NBER Working Paper 8053, 2000 (existence and uniqueness of the users' response, used in App. A.1). doi:10.3386/w8053
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 1: Under Non-Filtering and History-Irrelevance, an Optimal Stopping Policy Is MemorylessResearch Paper

Motivation

In the classical secretary problem, nnn candidates arrive one at a time in random order; at each arrival the decision maker sees only how the current candidate compares with the earlier ones, and must irrevocably hire or pass. The goal is to hire the best candidate, and the optimal rule (wait for about n/en/en/e arrivals, then take the first candidate better than all before) succeeds with probability about 1/e1/e1/e.

In many applications the decision maker also receives advice about each candidate: a noisy score, a prediction from a machine-learned classifier, or samples from the same distribution. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme and Vassilvitskii (arXiv:2011.06726, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) propose a single model covering these cases: each secretary carries a signal, ranks and signals have an arbitrary known joint distribution, and the question is which policies are optimal. Their first structural result says that, under two natural conditions on the distribution, the optimal policy can ignore almost all of the history: it needs only the current signal and whether the current secretary is the best so far. Such memoryless policies are simpler, store less, and are relevant where data retention is restricted.

Timeline. Dynkin (1963) gave the 1/e1/e1/e rule for the advice-free problem. Gilbert and Mosteller (1966) studied the full-information version, where the advice is the candidate's value drawn from a known distribution. Buchbinder, Jain and Singh (2014) wrote secretary problems as linear programs. Dütting et al. (arXiv 2020) extended this LP to general advice and proved Theorem 8, the result of this mission.

Setting

There are nnn secretaries, arriving in the order 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n, and a finite signal space S\mathcal SS. An outcome consists of ranks r1,…,rn∈[n]r_1,\dots,r_n\in[n]r1​,…,rn​∈[n] (ties allowed) and signals s1,…,sn∈Ss_1,\dots,s_n\in\mathcal Ss1​,…,sn​∈S. A signaling structure is a known probability distribution P\mathbb PP over outcomes such that, almost surely, some secretary has the top rank ri=nr_i=nri​=n.

At round iii the algorithm sees the information (⪯1..i,s1,…,si)(\preceq_{1..i},s_1,\dots,s_i)(⪯1..i​,s1​,…,si​): the relative order of the first iii arrivals and their signals, not the ranks themselves. A policy qqq assigns to every round iii and every information value a stopping probability in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The policy stops at iii with probability qi∏j<i(1−qj)q_i\prod_{j<i}(1-q_j)qi​∏j<i​(1−qj​), and its winning probability is the probability that it stops at some iii with ri=nr_i=nri​=n.

The best-so-far event is Ti={ri≥rj ∀j<i}T_i=\{r_i\ge r_j\ \forall j<i\}Ti​={ri​≥rj​ ∀j<i}. A policy is memoryless if its stopping probability at round iii depends only on iii, on whether TiT_iTi​ holds, and on sis_isi​.

Two properties of P\mathbb PP are assumed. Non-Filtering (NF): for j<ij<ij<i, the conditional law of (⪯1..j,s1,…,sj)(\preceq_{1..j},s_1,\dots,s_j)(⪯1..j​,s1​,…,sj​) given (Tj,sj)(T_j,s_j)(Tj​,sj​) is unchanged by additionally conditioning on (Ti,si)(T_i,s_i)(Ti​,si​). History-Irrelevance (HI): conditioned on (Ti,si)(T_i,s_i)(Ti​,si​), the information at round iii is independent of the event ri=nr_i=nri​=n.

For i∈[n]i\in[n]i∈[n], s,s′∈Ss,s'\in\mathcal Ss,s′∈S and j<ij<ij<i let a(i,s)=P[ri=n, si=s]a(i,s)=\mathbb P[r_i=n,\,s_i=s]a(i,s)=P[ri​=n,si​=s] and c(i,s,j,s′)=P[Tj, sj=s′∣Ti, si=s]c(i,s,j,s')=\mathbb P[T_j,\,s_j=s'\mid T_i,\,s_i=s]c(i,s,j,s′)=P[Tj​,sj​=s′∣Ti​,si​=s]. The LP of §3 has variables z(i,s)≥0z(i,s)\ge0z(i,s)≥0, constraint

z(i,s)≤1−∑j<i∑s′∈Sz(j,s′) c(i,s,j,s′),(4)z(i,s)\le 1-\sum_{j<i}\sum_{s'\in\mathcal S}z(j,s')\,c(i,s,j,s'),\tag{4}z(i,s)≤1−j<i∑​s′∈S∑​z(j,s′)c(i,s,j,s′),(4)

and objective Obj=∑i∑sz(i,s) a(i,s)\mathsf{Obj}=\sum_i\sum_s z(i,s)\,a(i,s)Obj=∑i​∑s​z(i,s)a(i,s) (5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

If P\mathbb PP satisfies NF and HI, then there is a memoryless policy mmm with

P[m wins] ≥ P[q wins]for every policy q.\mathbb P[m\text{ wins}]\ \ge\ \mathbb P[q\text{ wins}]\qquad\text{for every policy } q.P[m wins] ≥ P[q wins]for every policy q.

Milestones

  1. Best-so-far reduction (§2, p. 6): every policy is dominated by one that stops only on best-so-far rounds.
  2. Equation (2) (p. 8): under HI, P[ri=n∣≺1..i,s1,…,si]=P[ri=n∣Ti,si]\mathbb P[r_i=n\mid\prec_{1..i},s_1,\dots,s_i]=\mathbb P[r_i=n\mid T_i,s_i]P[ri​=n∣≺1..i​,s1​,…,si​]=P[ri​=n∣Ti​,si​].
  3. Equation (3) (p. 9): under HI, P[X∣si,ri=n]=P[X∣Ti,si]\mathbb P[X\mid s_i,r_i=n]=\mathbb P[X\mid T_i,s_i]P[X∣si​,ri​=n]=P[X∣Ti​,si​] for every event XXX of the round-iii information.
  4. Proposition 9 (p. 10): under NF and HI, every policy yields z≥0z\ge0z≥0 satisfying (4) whose objective (5) is its winning probability.
  5. Reconstruction claim (proof of Proposition 10, p. 11): for feasible zzz, the policy (6) satisfies P[i is picked∣Ti,si=s]=z(i,s)\mathbb P[i\text{ is picked}\mid T_i,s_i=s]=z(i,s)P[i is picked∣Ti​,si​=s]=z(i,s).
  6. Proposition 10 (p. 10): under NF and HI, every feasible zzz is realized by a memoryless policy with winning probability Obj\mathsf{Obj}Obj.

Significance

Theorem 8 reduces the search for an optimal policy from functions of the entire history, whose number grows exponentially in nnn, to n⋅2⋅∣S∣n\cdot 2\cdot|\mathcal S|n⋅2⋅∣S∣ numbers, and with Propositions 9 and 10 it turns the problem into a linear program of polynomial size. The later sections of the paper build on it: threshold policies (§4), secretaries with samples (§5) and binary-classifier advice (§6) are all analysed through this LP. The examples satisfying NF and HI include the classical problem, the full-information problem, samples, and noisy classifier advice.

The paper gives a complete proof. As far as is known, none of it has been machine-checked, and Prove2Me has no formal model of secretary problems with advice. A formal development makes precise the parts the paper's argument leaves informal: the handling of conditioning on null events, of randomized policies, and of the existence of an optimum.

Difficulty

The obvious argument replaces a general policy by its conditional stopping probability given (Ti,si)(T_i,s_i)(Ti​,si​). This fails directly: the probability of reaching round iii depends on the whole history, so averaging the decision at round iii changes the distribution of the earlier stopping events, and the winning probability with it. The paper therefore goes through the LP. The variables z(i,s)z(i,s)z(i,s) summarize a policy, NF is what makes constraint (4) depend only on the distribution and not on the policy, and HI is what makes the objective linear in zzz. The reverse direction, Proposition 10, rebuilds a policy from zzz through an induction over rounds in which the survival probability must be tracked exactly.

Formalization scope

  • Finite outcome space. Secretaries and ranks are Fin n, 0-based: Lean secretary iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1, and Lean rank n−1n-1n−1 is the paper's top rank nnn. The signal space SSS is a finite type, so every probability is a finite sum. Continuous signals (the paper's Example 2, S=R\mathcal S=\mathbb RS=R) and the non-NF Example 11 are out of scope. Ties are allowed, as in §2.
  • Information and policies. The information at round iii is the comparison table ra≤rbr_a\le r_bra​≤rb​ for a,b≤ia,b\le ia,b≤i together with the signals s0,…,sis_0,\dots,s_is0​,…,si​. A policy is a function of this information only and never sees the outcome. Policies are randomized, with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the competitors in Theorem 8 range over all of them.
  • Conditioning. NF, HI, (2), (3) and the reconstruction claim are written cross-multiplied, so a null conditioning event imposes nothing. c(i,s,j,s′)c(i,s,j,s')c(i,s,j,s′) is a quotient that Lean sets to 000 when P[Ti,si=s]=0\mathbb P[T_i,s_i=s]=0P[Ti​,si​=s]=0; there a(i,s)=0a(i,s)=0a(i,s)=0, so the objective is unaffected.
  • Optimality is stated as existence of a valid memoryless policy that beats every valid policy, not as a supremum. The paper presupposes that an optimum exists; with SSS finite it does.
  • Departures from the page. Proposition 10 additionally asserts that the realizing policy is memoryless; this is the proof of Theorem 8's own observation about the policy (6). Proposition 9 is stated for every policy, as printed.
  • Not trivial. A Memoryless predicate that allowed dependence on the whole information, or a winning probability without the survival product, would make the goal empty. Neither is used here: a memoryless policy is a function of (i,1Ti,si)(i,\mathbf 1_{T_i},s_i)(i,1Ti​​,si​) only, and the winning probability includes ∏j<i(1−qj)\prod_{j<i}(1-q_j)∏j<i​(1−qj​).
  • Welcome contributions. Lemmas on the finite probability calculus (prob, expectOn, cross-multiplied conditioning) and the identity ∏j<i(1−qj)=1−∑j<iqj∏k<j(1−qk)\prod_{j<i}(1-q_j)=1-\sum_{j<i}q_j\prod_{k<j}(1-q_k)∏j<i​(1−qj​)=1−∑j<i​qj​∏k<j​(1−qk​) are reusable well beyond this mission. Proving the milestones in the order listed follows the paper's proof. The running time of the LP and the paper's plots are out of scope.

Selected references

  • P. Dütting, S. Lattanzi, R. Paes Leme, S. Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06726
  • E. B. Dynkin, The optimum choice of the instant for stopping a Markov process, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 4, 1963.
  • J. P. Gilbert, F. Mosteller, Recognizing the maximum of a sequence, Journal of the American Statistical Association 61, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1966.10502008
  • N. Buchbinder, K. Jain, M. Singh, Secretary problems via linear programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0604
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 4: With Advice from a Binary Classifier, a Threshold Policy Is OptimalResearch Paper

Why binary advice matters

The classical secretary problem asks a decision maker to choose the best of nnn candidates arriving in random order. A decision must be made when each candidate arrives, before later candidates are seen. In the classical model the decision maker sees only comparisons with earlier candidates. In hiring and selection, a prediction system may also classify an arriving candidate as promising or unpromising. The question is then whether the entire history of comparisons and predictions must be retained to make an optimal decision. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme, and Vassilvitskii study this question for several advice models in Secretaries with Advice. This mission concerns their binary-classifier model and the structural conclusion of Theorem 19: two signal-dependent time thresholds suffice.

The no-information secretary problem is a special case in which the signal says YYY and NNN with equal probability regardless of candidate quality. A separate classical cutoff-rule problem on Prove2Me addresses a deterministic rule for that special case; the present target covers informative and uninformative classifiers and compares with randomized policies that may use all observed history. The result is known mathematically in the cited paper. The task here is to give its probability model and the structural theorem precise, checkable statements in Lean.

Setting

There are n≥1n\geq1n≥1 candidates. Their ranks are a uniformly random permutation of {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n}, with rank nnn uniquely best. At round iii, the decision maker learns how candidate iii compares with all earlier candidates and receives a binary signal si∈{Y,N}s_i\in\{Y,N\}si​∈{Y,N}. The classifier has recall ppp: the best candidate receives YYY with probability ppp. It has specificity p′p'p′: every other candidate receives NNN with probability p′p'p′. Both parameters lie in [1/2,1][1/2,1][1/2,1]. Conditional on the ranks, signals across candidates are independent, as used by the paper's calculation of the signal-history distribution in Example 5 and Section 2.2. The decision maker never observes absolute ranks.

A policy assigns a stopping probability between zero and one to every possible information state at every round. Its information consists of all relative comparisons among candidates seen so far and all signals seen so far. Once it stops, it cannot act again. It wins if it stops at the unique candidate of rank nnn. The winning probability therefore includes the probability of continuing through all earlier rounds. A candidate is best so far when its rank is at least that of every previously seen candidate.

A threshold policy chooses two rounds tY,tN∈{1,…,n}t_Y,t_N\in\{1,\ldots,n\}tY​,tN​∈{1,…,n}. It accepts the first best-so-far candidate arriving at or after tYt_YtY​ if the current signal is YYY, or at or after tNt_NtN​ if it is NNN. A policy can finish without selecting anyone; that outcome loses. Thresholds govern when a signal becomes acceptable, while the best-so-far condition still depends on the observed comparisons.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 19. For every positive nnn and every p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1], there are thresholds tY,tNt_Y,t_NtY​,tN​ such that, for every valid randomized history-dependent policy qqq,

\Pr(\text{win under }q) \leq \Pr(\text{win under threshold}$t_Y,t_N$).

The thresholds are chosen once for the model, before the competing policy qqq. Their order is not constrained by this theorem. The later asymptotic result, Theorem 20, studies the positions and relative order of thresholds and belongs to a separate mission.

The supporting targets follow the paper's route to this conclusion. Section 2.2 computes the chance that the current candidate is globally best after an observed information state. Section 6 identifies the binary model's factor-revealing linear program. Appendix C asserts that its backward-defined dual vector is monotone in time and optimal among dual-feasible vectors. Proposition 12 converts those dual properties into an optimal threshold policy. Each statement concerns the same (n,p,p′)(n,p,p')(n,p,p′) model fixed above.

What the result supplies

The theorem reduces an optimization over policies that can use every past comparison and signal to a search over two time thresholds. It says that remembering the earlier signals and relative-order pattern cannot increase the achievable chance of selecting the best candidate once the two thresholds are chosen. This is a structural result about policy form; it does not give the numerical values of the best thresholds or their large-nnn performance. The paper treats those questions separately in Theorem 20.

A formal development would also give reusable finite objects: a joint rank-and-signal probability model, the information available to an online policy, an exact winning-probability expression, and the primal and dual programs for binary advice. The target theorems in this proposal are open Lean statements with sorry; compilation checks their types, not their proofs. The paper supplies mathematical arguments, while the machine-checked proofs remain work for solvers. The local published uniform-average definition for rank permutations is relevant prior art, but this model uses its own weighted outcome sum because it also averages over the dependent signal law.

Where the difficulty lies

The available history is much larger than a pair of thresholds: it includes all earlier classifier outputs and the complete relative order observed so far. A direct comparison of a given policy with a threshold policy must account for the chance that the policy would already have stopped at an earlier round. Simply comparing the current stopping probabilities does not preserve the winning probability. The paper organizes those reach probabilities through a finite linear program and examines a dual vector defined backward from the last round. The remaining difficulty is to connect the properties of that vector to a policy with the claimed stopping behavior, including parameter values where some constraints are tight at equality.

Formalization scope

Lean uses Fin n for rounds and ranks. Its index zero is the paper's round one; formulas containing (1/i) use a natural round number in {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n}. Bool.true represents YYY. Every rank order is a permutation, so there are no ties. Each outcome weight is (1/n!) times the product of the conditional signal likelihoods. All expectations and event masses are finite sums, and conditional-probability claims are stated by cross-multiplying event masses, including at information states of zero probability. The LP is indexed only by positive rounds, so its divisions by iii and nnn have the intended values.

The universal competitor in Theorem 19 is a randomized policy whose input contains only observed comparisons and signals. Its winning probability has an explicit product of continuation probabilities over earlier rounds. This restriction and product prevent the result from becoming trivial by allowing the policy to see the future, identify the global best rank, or stop more than once. The parameter interval and n≥1n\geq1n≥1 are explicit hypotheses. The printed conditional-probability fractions in Section 2.2 omit a factor of the current round iii; the formal milestone uses the corrected value and records the discrepancy. The classifier's ppp is recall as defined in Example 5, despite a later use of the word “precision” in Section 6.

The scope includes the finite probability model, its LP coefficients, the greedy dual vector, and the optimality bridge. Solvers can contribute proofs of the event identities, dual feasibility and optimality, and the threshold conclusion. Running-time claims for an LP algorithm, plots, and Theorem 20's asymptotic limit are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • Paul Dütting, Silvio Lattanzi, Renato Paes Leme, and Sergei Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv preprint arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; later published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. Pinned preprint.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Ranking and Selection: The BOLD Allocation Learns the Large Deviations Optimality Conditions With Probability OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection asks which of MMM simulated alternatives has the largest mean, when each simulation run returns one noisy sample and the simulation budget is limited. A large literature allocates the budget using the large-deviations analysis of Glynn and Juneja (2004): for a static allocation in which alternative xxx receives a fixed fraction αx\alpha_xαx​ of the samples, the probability of incorrect selection decays exponentially, and the allocation that maximizes the decay rate is characterized by a system of nonlinear optimality conditions. Those conditions depend on the unknown means, so practical procedures plug in estimates and solve the system repeatedly, which is costly and comes with few guarantees.

Chen and Ryzhov (Proc. 2019 Winter Simulation Conference) propose Balancing Optimal Large Deviations (BOLD), a sequential rule that never solves the optimality conditions: at each step it evaluates the two sides of one condition at plug-in estimates and samples whichever alternative appears to be falling behind. It has no tuning parameters and applies to any sampling distribution whose rate function can be evaluated. The paper states that BOLD learns the optimality conditions with probability 1; the full proofs are in the companion article (Chen and Ryzhov, Management Science, 2023).

Setting

There are M>2M > 2M>2 alternatives with distinct means μ1,…,μM\mu_1,\dots,\mu_Mμ1​,…,μM​; the best is x∗=arg⁡max⁡xμxx^* = \arg\max_x \mu_xx∗=argmaxx​μx​. Alternative xxx produces independent samples from a law FxF_xFx​ with mean μx\mu_xμx​, a member of a distributional family {Fx(θ)}\{F_x(\theta)\}{Fx​(θ)} indexed by its mean θ\thetaθ. The families may differ between alternatives.

The rate function of the member with mean θ\thetaθ is the Fenchel–Legendre transform of its log-moment generating function,

Ix(u;θ)=sup⁡γ(γu−log⁡E eγW),W∼Fx(θ),I_x(u;\theta) = \sup_{\gamma}\big(\gamma u - \log \mathbb E\,e^{\gamma W}\big),\qquad W \sim F_x(\theta),Ix​(u;θ)=γsup​(γu−logEeγW),W∼Fx​(θ),

with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and Dx(u;θ)=∂Ix(u;θ)/∂uD_x(u;\theta) = \partial I_x(u;\theta)/\partial uDx​(u;θ)=∂Ix​(u;θ)/∂u. For a normal law with variance λx2\lambda_x^2λx2​, Ix(u;θ)=(u−θ)2/(2λx2)I_x(u;\theta) = (u-\theta)^2/(2\lambda_x^2)Ix​(u;θ)=(u−θ)2/(2λx2​).

An allocation chooses alternative xnx^nxn at stage n=0,1,…n = 0,1,\dotsn=0,1,…. Write NxnN^n_xNxn​ for the number of samples of xxx among stages 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1 and θxn\theta^n_xθxn​ for their mean (an arbitrary θx0\theta^0_xθx0​ while Nxn=0N^n_x = 0Nxn​=0). The plug-in rate is Ixn(⋅)=Ix(⋅;θxn)I^n_x(\cdot) = I_x(\cdot;\theta^n_x)Ixn​(⋅)=Ix​(⋅;θxn​), likewise DxnD^n_xDxn​. For x≠yx \ne yx=y, ux,ynu^n_{x,y}ux,yn​ is the solution of

NxnDxn(u)+NynDyn(u)=0(10)N^n_x D^n_x(u) + N^n_y D^n_y(u) = 0 \qquad (10)Nxn​Dxn​(u)+Nyn​Dyn​(u)=0(10)

and Γx,yn=NxnIxn(ux,yn)+NynIyn(ux,yn)\Gamma^n_{x,y} = N^n_x I^n_x(u^n_{x,y}) + N^n_y I^n_y(u^n_{x,y})Γx,yn​=Nxn​Ixn​(ux,yn​)+Nyn​Iyn​(ux,yn​) (11).

BOLD (Figure 1 of the paper): let x∗,nx^{*,n}x∗,n be the leader, an alternative with the largest θxn\theta^n_xθxn​. If the leader is not unique, sample the tied leader with the fewest samples. Otherwise sample the leader if

∑x≠x∗,nIx∗,nn(ux∗,n,xn)Ixn(ux∗,n,xn)>1,(12)\sum_{x\ne x^{*,n}} \frac{I^n_{x^{*,n}}(u^n_{x^{*,n},x})}{I^n_x(u^n_{x^{*,n},x})} > 1, \qquad (12)x=x∗,n∑​Ixn​(ux∗,n,xn​)Ix∗,nn​(ux∗,n,xn​)​>1,(12)

and if not, sample the x≠x∗,nx \ne x^{*,n}x=x∗,n minimizing Γx∗,n,xn\Gamma^n_{x^{*,n},x}Γx∗,n,xn​ (13). Remaining ties are broken arbitrarily.

Formalization targets

Goal: BOLD learns the optimality conditions

Under Assumptions 1–4 of the paper, with probability 1,

lim⁡n→∞∑x≠x∗Ix∗n(ux∗,xn)Ixn(ux∗,xn)=1andlim⁡n→∞Γx∗,ynΓx∗,zn=1  for all y,z≠x∗.\lim_{n\to\infty}\sum_{x\ne x^*}\frac{I^n_{x^*}(u^n_{x^*,x})}{I^n_x(u^n_{x^*,x})} = 1 \quad\text{and}\quad \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{\Gamma^n_{x^*,y}}{\Gamma^n_{x^*,z}} = 1 \ \text{ for all } y,z\ne x^*.n→∞lim​x=x∗∑​Ixn​(ux∗,xn​)Ix∗n​(ux∗,xn​)​=1andn→∞lim​Γx∗,zn​Γx∗,yn​​=1  for all y,z=x∗.

These are the plug-in forms of the total balance condition (5) and the individual balance conditions (6), which together characterize the optimal static allocation. The paper states them as Theorems 3 and 4; the goal is their conjunction.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1 (consistency). Under Assumptions 1–3, Nxn→∞N^n_x \to \inftyNxn​→∞ for every xxx, almost surely.
  2. Theorem 2. Under Assumptions 1–3, lim sup⁡nNxn/Nyn<∞\limsup_n N^n_x/N^n_y < \inftylimsupn​Nxn​/Nyn​<∞ for all x,yx, yx,y, almost surely.
  3. Theorem 3. The total balance limit above.
  4. Theorem 4. The individual balance limit above.

Significance

The result. Convergence of BOLD to the optimality conditions shows that the static optimum of Glynn and Juneja can be learned by a cheap sequential rule without knowing the proportion of the budget the best alternative should receive. Top-two methods require that proportion as an input. The paper claims the guarantee for any sampling distributions satisfying four regularity assumptions, not only normal ones. As the paper notes, convergence to the static optimum does not by itself transfer the static exponential rate to the adaptive procedure; the result concerns learning the conditions.

The formalization. The WSC paper gives proof outlines only, and the complete argument lives in a long journal article. No part of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof would check a strong-law argument for an adaptive procedure with two interleaved decision criteria and would yield a reusable formal model of sequential sampling for ranking and selection with general rate functions.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is "sample means converge, hence the plug-in conditions converge". It fails because the sample means converge only if every alternative is sampled infinitely often, and BOLD gives no forced exploration: an alternative is sampled only when (12) or (13) selects it. Consistency must therefore come from the structure of the rule itself. Even with consistency, the limits in Theorems 3–4 are not continuity statements: the plug-in quantities depend on the sample sizes as well as the sample means, and they oscillate around the level 1 as (12) alternately holds and fails, so convergence requires quantitative control of how long the rule can neglect any one alternative. Discrete sampling laws add ties among sample means and a sample mean that can coincide with another alternative's true mean (Assumption 3).

Formalization scope

  • Model. Alternatives are Fin M with 2 < M (indexed from 0). The family is Fam : Fin M → ℝ → Measure ℝ of probability measures, with true law Fam x (μ x). Samples form an observation array W x k (the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th sample of xxx), mutually independent, with W x k ∼ Fam x (μ x); this gives the same law of the sample path as the paper's sequential sampling.
  • Rate function. Ix(u;θ)I_x(u;\theta)Ix​(u;θ) is the extended-real Legendre transform of the extended-real log-MGF, from the published BellWilliams2001.ThresholdPolicy.LargeDeviation, so +∞+\infty+∞ is a genuine value. DxD_xDx​ is the derivative of its real part. Conditions on DxD_xDx​ are imposed on the effective domain Dx\mathcal D_xDx​, where IxI_xIx​ is finite nearby.
  • Parameter space. For each xxx there is an open interval Θx⊇Hx\Theta_x \supseteq H_xΘx​⊇Hx​ that contains the samples almost surely, on which Fx(θ)F_x(\theta)Fx​(θ) has mean θ\thetaθ and Ix(⋅;θ)I_x(\cdot;\theta)Ix​(⋅;θ) is finite between any two parameters. The initial means lie in Θx\Theta_xΘx​. These conditions are not printed, but without them the plug-in rule can starve an alternative forever: a law with Ix(⋅;θ)=+∞I_x(\cdot;\theta) = +\inftyIx​(⋅;θ)=+∞ off one point gives Γ=+∞\Gamma = +\inftyΓ=+∞. Bernoulli laws, whose sample means reach 000 or 111, fall outside this convention, although the paper says they are covered.
  • Assumptions. The interval HHH of Assumptions 1–2 is one fixed interval Hx=[ax,bx]H_x = [a_x,b_x]Hx​=[ax​,bx​] per alternative with μx\mu_xμx​ in its interior. Assumption 3 is written without division. Assumption 4 is joint C1C^1C1 on Dx\mathcal D_xDx​.
  • Algorithm. BOLD is a predicate IsBOLD on allocation sequences, so every tie-breaking rule is covered. The initial means θ0\theta^0θ0 are arbitrary. The solution of (10) is a chosen solution between the two sample means; its uniqueness is the paper's claim, not a hypothesis.
  • Conventions. Ratios and Γ\GammaΓ are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with a/0=∞a/0 = \inftya/0=∞ for a>0a > 0a>0, so a never-sampled leader triggers (12) as in the paper. Theorem 2's limsup is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Every theorem is an almost-sure statement, with "probability 1" taken from §4.
  • Ruled out. The theorems are not vacuous: a BOLD run exists on every realization (a local check proves this). The rate function is the Legendre transform of the actual family, not an unconstrained function. The family is not fixed to the normal or any single parametric case.

The development needs strong laws of large numbers along adaptively chosen sample counts, properties of Legendre transforms of log-moment generating functions (convexity, a unique zero at the mean), and law-of-the-iterated-logarithm-type rates for sample means. Lemmas on Legendre transforms of log-MGFs and the observation-array model are reusable for other large-deviations allocation rules. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome. Statements specialized to normal families are not substitutes for the general milestones.

Selected references

  • Y. Chen and I. O. Ryzhov, Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Ranking and Selection, Proc. 2019 Winter Simulation Conference, pp. 3368–3379, IEEE.
  • Y. Chen and I. O. Ryzhov, Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Sequential Selection, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4527
  • P. Glynn and S. Juneja, A Large Deviations Perspective on Ordinal Optimization, Proc. 2004 Winter Simulation Conference, pp. 577–585, IEEE.
  • A. Dembo and O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-03311-7
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 2: With k Samples, a Threshold Policy Is Optimal for Selecting the Best of n SecretariesResearch Paper

Motivation

In the classical secretary problem, nnn candidates with distinct qualities arrive in uniformly random order; after each arrival one sees only how the current candidate compares with those already seen, and must irrevocably accept or reject. The goal is to accept the best candidate. Dynkin's rule (skip roughly n/en/en/e candidates, then accept the first one better than all before it) succeeds with probability about 1/e1/e1/e, and nothing does better.

A natural question in online decision-making with data is how much prior samples help. Kaplan, Naori and Raz (SODA 2020) introduced a model in which an adversary writes down n+kn+kn+k numbers, a uniformly random kkk of them are revealed in advance as samples, and the remaining nnn arrive online in random order. Correa et al. (SODA 2021) studied the probability of selecting the maximum in a related independent-sampling model. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme and Vassilvitskii (arXiv:2011.06726, Mathematics of Operations Research 2024) place this model inside a general framework of secretaries with advice, where each arrival carries a signal, and prove that with kkk samples the optimal policy has a simple threshold form.

Timeline:

  • 1963: Dynkin, optimal rule for the classical problem (the case k=0k=0k=0).
  • 1966: Gilbert and Mosteller (JASA), full-information variants and threshold rules depending on the observed value.
  • 2014: Buchbinder, Jain and Singh (Math. Oper. Res.), a linear program whose value is the optimal success probability of secretary problems.
  • 2020: Kaplan, Naori and Raz, the sample model used here; Dütting et al., Theorem 16: threshold policies are optimal for every nnn and kkk.

Setting

Fix integers n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and k≥0k\ge0k≥0. Only the relative order of the n+kn+kn+k numbers matters, so an outcome is a uniformly random permutation σ\sigmaσ of k+nk+nk+n positions, read as position ↦\mapsto↦ value rank. The first kkk positions are the samples; position k+ik+ik+i holds the secretary of round iii.

  • The signal si∈S={0,1,…,k}s_i\in\mathcal S=\{0,1,\dots,k\}si​∈S={0,1,…,k} is the number of samples worse than secretary iii.
  • The best-so-far event TiT_iTi​ says that secretary iii beats every earlier secretary.
  • The event ri=nr_i=nri​=n says that secretary iii is the best of the nnn secretaries (samples do not count).
  • The information at round iii is the relative order of the samples and secretaries 1,…,i1,\dots,i1,…,i.
  • A policy qqq gives, in each round, a stopping probability qi(x)∈[0,1]q_i(x)\in[0,1]qi​(x)∈[0,1] that is a function of the information xxx only. Its winning probability is
win(q)=E[∑i=1n1[ri=n] qi(xi)∏j<i(1−qj(xj))].\mathrm{win}(q)=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n \mathbf 1[r_i=n]\,q_i(x_i)\prod_{j<i}\big(1-q_j(x_j)\big)\Big].win(q)=E[i=1∑n​1[ri​=n]qi​(xi​)j<i∏​(1−qj​(xj​))].
  • A threshold policy is given by t:S→[n]t:\mathcal S\to[n]t:S→[n]: stop at τ=min⁡{i:Ti and i≥t(si)}\tau=\min\{i: T_i \text{ and } i\ge t(s_i)\}τ=min{i:Ti​ and i≥t(si​)}.

The proof passes through a linear program with variables z(i,s)z(i,s)z(i,s) and coefficients

a(i,s)=1k+1∏t=1n−1s+tk+t+1,c(i,s,j,s′)=1s+1∏t=1j−1s′+ts+t+1  (s′≤s),a(i,s)=\frac{1}{k+1}\prod_{t=1}^{n-1}\frac{s+t}{k+t+1},\qquad c(i,s,j,s')=\frac{1}{s+1}\prod_{t=1}^{j-1}\frac{s'+t}{s+t+1}\ \ (s'\le s),a(i,s)=k+11​t=1∏n−1​k+t+1s+t​,c(i,s,j,s′)=s+11​t=1∏j−1​s+t+1s′+t​  (s′≤s),

its dual with variables u(i,s)u(i,s)u(i,s), and the greedy dual solution (8), computed backwards from u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s)u(n,s)=a(n,s).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 16

∀n≥1, ∀k,∃ t:{0,…,k}→[n],∀q valid,win(q)≤win(τt).\forall n\ge1,\ \forall k,\quad \exists\, t:\{0,\dots,k\}\to[n],\quad \forall q\ \text{valid},\quad \mathrm{win}(q)\le \mathrm{win}(\tau_t).∀n≥1, ∀k,∃t:{0,…,k}→[n],∀q valid,win(q)≤win(τt​).

The goal asserts only the shape of the optimal policy, not the thresholds' values or the optimal winning probability. The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  1. The samples model satisfies Non-Filtering and History-Irrelevance (Definitions 6–7), and the LP coefficients aaa and ccc have the closed forms above (§5).
  2. Policies and LP solutions correspond (Propositions 9 and 10 for this model, together with the remark that only best-so-far stops matter).
  3. Lemma 15, a discrete integration identity for rising products.
  4. Claims (i) and (ii) of the proof of Theorem 16 about the perturbation Δ\DeltaΔ and its cumulative effect RiR_iRi​.
  5. The greedy dual solution is optimal and non-decreasing in iii.
  6. Proposition 12 for the samples LP: these two facts give a primal optimum of threshold shape.

Significance

The result. Theorem 16 reduces an optimal stopping problem over all history-dependent randomized policies, whose information is a full relative order of up to n+kn+kn+k items, to choosing k+1k+1k+1 integers. The greedy dual recursion computes them in polynomial time, which makes the optimal success probability computable for every nnn and kkk and underlies the numerical curves of the paper. For k=0k=0k=0 the theorem recovers the optimality of Dynkin-type cutoff rules.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper (main text plus Appendix A), but no machine-checked version exists. A formalization produces a verified LP characterization of a secretary problem with signals, a reusable discrete-integration lemma, and a checked instance of the general principle "greedy dual optimal and monotone implies threshold optimal". The classical special case is posed separately on the platform as the open item ClassicalSecretary.exists_optimal_cutoffRule (deterministic rank-only rules, k=0k=0k=0). This mission does not restate it.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is backward induction over information states: compute the value of continuing and compare it with the probability that the current secretary is best. The difficulty is that the information is a relative order of the samples and all secretaries seen so far, and showing that the stop region is an upper set in iii for each signal requires controlling continuation values across exponentially many states. The paper avoids this through a linear program. The hard steps are the exact probability computations behind aaa and ccc (and behind Non-Filtering and History-Irrelevance) and the optimality of the greedy dual. The perturbation argument for that optimality needs the closed form of Δ\DeltaΔ and a telescoping sum (Lemma 15). Monotonicity of the greedy solution does not follow from monotonicity of the coefficients alone, because the recursion subtracts a sum over later rounds.

Formalization scope

  • Outcomes are permutations Equiv.Perm (Fin (k + n)), read as position ↦ value rank, with the uniform distribution. Probabilities are finite counts divided by (k+n)!(k+n)!(k+n)!, never integrals. The adversary's numbers are taken distinct.
  • Rounds are 0-based in Lean (Fin n): Lean round iii is the paper's round i+1i+1i+1. The LP and its objects use 1-based natural indices i∈[1,n]i\in[1,n]i∈[1,n] and signals s∈{0,…,k}s\in\{0,\dots,k\}s∈{0,…,k}, as printed.
  • Information at round iii is the full table of comparisons among the first k+i+1k+i+1k+i+1 positions. Policies are typed on it, not on the outcome. A policy that could read the outcome could stop at the maximum and would trivialize the goal.
  • Policies are randomized (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and history-dependent. Competitors are not restricted to deterministic or memoryless rules; the threshold function satisfies 1≤t(s)≤n1\le t(s)\le n1≤t(s)≤n.
  • Winning probability includes the survival product ∏j<i(1−qj)\prod_{j<i}(1-q_j)∏j<i​(1−qj​), so stopping happens at most once.
  • Conditional probabilities (Non-Filtering, History-Irrelevance, ccc) are stated cross-multiplied, so no quotient by a null probability occurs.
  • Disclosed additions: n≥1n\ge1n≥1 in Theorem 16 and Proposition 12; i∗≥2i^*\ge2i∗≥2 and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 in claim (ii); in Proposition 9, the policy stops only on best-so-far rounds, which the separate reduction item shows is without loss. Proposition 10 carries a second part: a threshold-shaped LP solution is achieved by the threshold policy itself.
  • Out of scope: the polynomial-time algorithm remark (p. 17), Figure 2, Corollary 18, and the explicit dual solution of Theorem 17, which is a separate mission of this series.
  • The definitions needed are elementary: permutations, finite sums and products, well-founded recursion for the greedy solution and for Δ\DeltaΔ. Lemma 15 and the LP-level claims are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome. The LP-level milestones (Lemma 15, claims (i)–(ii), greedy optimality and monotonicity) do not depend on the probabilistic model.

Selected references

  • P. Dütting, S. Lattanzi, R. Paes Leme, S. Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06726
  • H. Kaplan, D. Naori, D. Raz, Competitive Analysis with a Sample and the Secretary Problem, SODA 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.05350
  • J. Correa, A. Cristi, L. Feuilloley, T. Oosterwijk, A. Tsigonias-Dimitriadis, The Secretary Problem with Independent Sampling, SODA 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.07869
  • N. Buchbinder, K. Jain, M. Singh, Secretary Problems via Linear Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1):190–206, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0604
  • J. P. Gilbert, F. Mosteller, Recognizing the Maximum of a Sequence, Journal of the American Statistical Association 61:35–73, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1966.10502008
16 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Providing Data Samples for Free: Free Samples Strictly Beat Selling in One Round When the Seller-Side Drift of the Buyer's Bayes Risk Is Initially PositiveResearch Paper

Why give data away

Firms that own data increasingly sell it as a product: market research panels, consulting reports, datasets for training demand models. A common commercial practice is to hand out a free sample of the data before quoting a price for the rest. Under standard Bayesian reasoning this practice looks self-defeating. Every free data point reduces the buyer's uncertainty, which reduces what the remaining data are worth to her. This is a holdup problem: once information is revealed, it cannot be sold.

Drakopoulos and Makhdoumi (Providing Data Samples for Free, SSRN 3611003; Management Science, 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4534) identify when free samples nevertheless raise the seller's revenue. The mechanism is disagreement about the prior. When the seller believes the buyer's initial estimate is biased, she expects the free data to move the buyer's belief toward states in which the buyer values the remaining data more. The paper calls this the persuasion benefit, and it can outweigh the holdup cost. This mission formalizes the paper's main theorem, Theorem 1(a), together with the lemmas its proof rests on.

The model

An unknown real parameter θ\thetaθ determines a buyer's payoff u(a,θ)u(a,\theta)u(a,θ) from an action a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R. The Buyer holds the prior N(θ0,σ02)\mathcal N(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2)N(θ0​,σ02​) with σ02>0\sigma_0^2>0σ02​>0. The Seller believes θ0\theta_0θ0​ is a biased estimate, with bias distributed as N(μb,σb2)\mathcal N(\mu_b,\sigma_b^2)N(μb​,σb2​) and σb2≥0\sigma_b^2\ge0σb2​≥0. Her prior is N(θ0+μb,σs2)\mathcal N(\theta_0+\mu_b,\sigma_s^2)N(θ0​+μb​,σs2​) with σs2=σ02+σb2\sigma_s^2=\sigma_0^2+\sigma_b^2σs2​=σ02​+σb2​, and it is taken to be the correct one.

Data arrive continuously. The first t≥0t\ge0t≥0 samples are equivalent to the signal

Yt=θt+σBt,Y_t=\theta t+\sigma B_t,Yt​=θt+σBt​,

where BBB is a standard Brownian motion independent of θ\thetaθ and σ2>0\sigma^2>0σ2>0 is the noise variance. Both parties agree on this law of the data given θ\thetaθ (they are concordant) and disagree only on the prior. The information after ttt samples is Ft=σ(Ys:s≤t)\mathcal F_t=\sigma(Y_s:s\le t)Ft​=σ(Ys​:s≤t).

The Buyer's posterior after ttt samples is N(θt,σt2)\mathcal N(\theta_t,\sigma_t^2)N(θt​,σt2​), with σt2=σ02σ2/(σ02t+σ2)\sigma_t^2=\sigma_0^2\sigma^2/(\sigma_0^2t+\sigma^2)σt2​=σ02​σ2/(σ02​t+σ2) and θt=(σt2/σ02)θ0+(σt2/σ2)Yt\theta_t=(\sigma_t^2/\sigma_0^2)\theta_0+(\sigma_t^2/\sigma^2)Y_tθt​=(σt2​/σ02​)θ0​+(σt2​/σ2)Yt​. The Seller's posterior N(θ~t,σ~t2)\mathcal N(\tilde\theta_t,\tilde\sigma_t^2)N(θ~t​,σ~t2​) is given by the same formulas from her own prior. The Seller's estimate of the Buyer's error is gt=θ~t−θtg_t=\tilde\theta_t-\theta_tgt​=θ~t​−θt​, and g0=μbg_0=\mu_bg0​=μb​.

With belief N(θ,v)\mathcal N(\theta,v)N(θ,v), the Buyer's best expected utility is U(θ,v)=max⁡aEN(θ,v)[u(a,⋅)]U(\theta,v)=\max_a\mathbb E_{\mathcal N(\theta,v)}[u(a,\cdot)]U(θ,v)=maxa​EN(θ,v)​[u(a,⋅)]. Her Bayes risk

BR(θ,v)=EN(θ,v)[max⁡au(a,⋅)]−U(θ,v)BR(\theta,v)=\mathbb E_{\mathcal N(\theta,v)}\big[\max_a u(a,\cdot)\big]-U(\theta,v)BR(θ,v)=EN(θ,v)​[amax​u(a,⋅)]−U(θ,v)

is the value to her of learning θ\thetaθ exactly. Its second argument is a variance, and BRθBR_\thetaBRθ​, BRθθBR_{\theta\theta}BRθθ​ and BRσ2BR_{\sigma^2}BRσ2​ denote its partial derivatives.

A free-sample policy gives data for free up to a stopping amount TTT, a stopping time of (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​), and then sells the remainder. Once the free samples stop, the best price for the remainder is BR(θT,σT2)BR(\theta_T,\sigma_T^2)BR(θT​,σT2​) (Lemma 3). The Seller's expected revenue is therefore E0S[BR(θT,σT2)]\mathbb E^S_0[BR(\theta_T,\sigma_T^2)]E0S​[BR(θT​,σT2​)], computed under her prior. Selling in one round is T=0T=0T=0, with revenue BR(θ0,σ02)BR(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2)BR(θ0​,σ02​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1(a)

If the Seller-side drift of the Bayes risk is positive at the start,

12BRθθ(θ0,σ02)−BRσ2(θ0,σ02)+μbσ02BRθ(θ0,σ02)>0,(4)\tfrac12 BR_{\theta\theta}(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2)-BR_{\sigma^2}(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2)+\frac{\mu_b}{\sigma_0^2}BR_\theta(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2)>0, \tag{4}21​BRθθ​(θ0​,σ02​)−BRσ2​(θ0​,σ02​)+σ02​μb​​BRθ​(θ0​,σ02​)>0,(4)

then some free-sample policy TTT satisfies

E0S[BR(θT,σT2)]>BR(θ0,σ02).\mathbb E^S_0\big[BR(\theta_T,\sigma_T^2)\big]>BR(\theta_0,\sigma_0^2).E0S​[BR(θT​,σT2​)]>BR(θ0​,σ02​).

The goal has no constants. It asserts only that the optimal free-sample policy strictly beats every one-round policy.

Milestones

  • Proposition 1 (p. 13): the posteriors given the whole data path are the Gaussians above.
  • Lemma 1(i)–(iii) (p. 14): the posterior variance decreases at rate σt4/σ2\sigma_t^4/\sigma^2σt4​/σ2. The Buyer's estimate has drift 000 for the Buyer and gtσt2/σ2g_t\sigma_t^2/\sigma^2gt​σt2​/σ2 for the Seller. Its squared increment is σt4/σ2 dt+O(dt3/2)\sigma_t^4/\sigma^2\,dt+O(dt^{3/2})σt4​/σ2dt+O(dt3/2).
  • Lemma 3 (p. 16): the Buyer pays at most BRBRBR for any partial release, and exactly BRBRBR for full release.
  • Lemma 4(b) (p. 17): from the Seller's perspective, ES[BR(θh,σh2)]\mathbb E^S[BR(\theta_h,\sigma_h^2)]ES[BR(θh​,σh2​)] has initial slope (12BRθθ−BRσ2+μbσ02BRθ)σ04/σ2\big(\tfrac12BR_{\theta\theta}-BR_{\sigma^2}+\tfrac{\mu_b}{\sigma_0^2}BR_\theta\big)\sigma_0^4/\sigma^2(21​BRθθ​−BRσ2​+σ02​μb​​BRθ​)σ04​/σ2.
  • Lemma 4(a) (p. 17): from the Buyer's perspective, the same with μb\mu_bμb​ replaced by 000.
  • Theorem 1(b) (p. 18): if the Seller-side drift is non-positive for every posterior mean, misspecification, and positive variance, then no free-sample policy beats selling in one round.

Significance

Theorem 1 splits the drift of the Bayes risk from the Seller's viewpoint into a holdup cost, 12BRθθ−BRσ2\tfrac12BR_{\theta\theta}-BR_{\sigma^2}21​BRθθ​−BRσ2​, which is the drift the Buyer herself expects, and a persuasion benefit, (gt/σt2)BRθ(g_t/\sigma_t^2)BR_\theta(gt​/σt2​)BRθ​. Part (a) turns the sign of this drift at the start into a revenue comparison. In the paper's pricing example (unknown demand elasticity, BR(θ,v)=14e−θ(ev/2−e−v/2)BR(\theta,v)=\tfrac14e^{-\theta}(e^{v/2}-e^{-v/2})BR(θ,v)=41​e−θ(ev/2−e−v/2)), condition (4) reduces to μb<σ02/(1−eσ02)\mu_b<\sigma_0^2/(1-e^{\sigma_0^2})μb​<σ02​/(1−eσ02​): a sufficiently biased Buyer should be given free data. In the estimation example (BR=σt2BR=\sigma_t^2BR=σt2​) part (b) applies and one-round selling is optimal. The theorem is the basis of the paper's later results on myopic stopping rules and on the comparison with dynamic pricing.

The theorem is proved in the paper, in dtdtdt-notation and through Itô's lemma and the optional stopping theorem. It has not been machine-checked. A formal proof requires Gaussian conjugacy with respect to a Brownian filtration, moment computations for the posterior mean, an Itô-type expansion for a C2C^2C2 function of the belief, and control of the integrability of the stopped Bayes risk. Each of these is reusable for other continuous-time Bayesian learning models.

Difficulty

The informal argument reads off Lemma 4 that BR(θt,σt2)BR(\theta_t,\sigma_t^2)BR(θt​,σt2​) is a Seller-submartingale near the start, and then stops it. The dtdtdt-identities of Lemmas 1 and 4 are statements about conditional expectations at every time. Made rigorous, they require integrability of the Bayes risk and its derivatives along the belief path, and an exchange of differentiation and expectation. Neither is given by the paper's hypotheses on uuu. The Gaussian conjugacy itself must also be established for conditioning on the whole path (Ys)s≤t(Y_s)_{s\le t}(Ys​)s≤t​, not only on YtY_tYt​.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in one file, FreeSamples.Revenue.Setting, on top of Mathlib's gaussianReal, IsBrownianReal, Filtration.natural and IsStoppingTime. Committed conventions:

  • Variances are real numbers, and N(m,v)\mathcal N(m,v)N(m,v) is gaussianReal m v.toNNReal. BRBRBR and UUU take the variance, not the standard deviation, as their second argument.
  • A model with prior N(m,v)\mathcal N(m,v)N(m,v) is a probability space carrying measurable θ∼N(m,v)\theta\sim\mathcal N(m,v)θ∼N(m,v) and a Brownian motion BBB independent of θ\thetaθ. The Seller's and the Buyer's measures are the two instances, which makes concordance hold by construction. Every revenue is an expectation under the Seller's measure.
  • The filtration is the natural filtration of YYY without augmentation. Free-sample policies are bounded stopping times. The paper requires only measurability of TTT, but its own construction is bounded by a large constant MMM.
  • Standing hypotheses on uuu, all disclosed pins: the maxima in UUU and BRBRBR exist and are attained, with all expectations integrable (HasMax); Assumption 1 is read as U,BR∈C2(R×(0,∞))U,BR\in C^2(\mathbb R\times(0,\infty))U,BR∈C2(R×(0,∞)); and BRBRBR and its partial derivatives grow at most like Cec∣θ∣Ce^{c|\theta|}Cec∣θ∣ for variances in (0,σ02](0,\sigma_0^2](0,σ02​].
  • The dtdtdt-statements of Lemmas 1 and 4 are posed as one-sided derivatives at time 000 of plain expectations, for arbitrary parameters. The time-ttt versions follow by restarting from the posterior state and are not posed.
  • Lemma 4's printed factor σt4/σ02\sigma_t^4/\sigma_0^2σt4​/σ02​ is formalized as σt4/σ2\sigma_t^4/\sigma^2σt4​/σ2, as Lemma 1 gives. Condition (5) of Theorem 1(b) keeps the page's universal quantifiers over the posterior mean, misspecification and positive variance. Quantification over all gtg_tgt​ forces BRθ≡0BR_\theta\equiv0BRθ​≡0; the paper's application on p. 33 checks only the realized gtg_tgt​, so it does not establish the printed condition for that example.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Every revenue in a conclusion is asserted integrable, so a junk-zero integral cannot satisfy it. The maxima in UUU and BRBRBR are assumed attained, so no real supremum takes its junk value. The goal is stated for the Gaussian–Brownian model and its posterior map, not for an arbitrary process with a postulated drift. Its conclusion exhibits a policy instead of comparing a supremum over policies.

Not posed: the stochastic differential equation of Lemma 1, Lemma 2, Proposition 2 (its free boundary is part of the hypothesis), Corollaries 1–3, and Appendix B. Contributions are welcome on the conjugacy computation (Proposition 1), on the Gaussian moment estimates (Lemma 1), and on a reusable Itô-type expansion of h↦E[F(mh,vh)]h\mapsto\mathbb E[F(m_h,v_h)]h↦E[F(mh​,vh​)] for C2C^2C2 functions of exponential growth.

Selected references

  • K. Drakopoulos and A. Makhdoumi, Providing Data Samples for Free, SSRN 3611003; Management Science, 2022. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3611003, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4534
  • S. Morris, Trade with Heterogeneous Prior Beliefs and Asymmetric Information, Econometrica 62(6), 1994. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951755
  • R. J. Aumann, Agreeing to Disagree, Annals of Statistics 4(6), 1976. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343654
  • J. M. Steele, Stochastic Calculus and Financial Applications, Springer, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9305-4
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Ride-Hailing Networks with Strategic Drivers: The Impact of Platform Control Capabilities on Performance: Centralized Control Has a Unique Driver Equilibrium and the Two-Step Solution Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Ride-hailing platforms such as Uber and Lyft match riders with self-scheduling drivers who decide for themselves whether to work. Two features make capacity planning on such a platform different from classical fleet management. Demand is spatially imbalanced: more trips start in some locations than end there, so cars accumulate where they are not needed unless they drive back empty. And capacity is endogenous: the number of participating drivers depends on what drivers expect to earn, which in turn depends on how the platform uses them.

Afèche, Liu and Maglaras (MSOM 2023) study how much a platform gains from two operational controls under these conditions: admission control (rejecting some ride requests, depending on destination) and centralized repositioning (directing idle drivers to move empty between locations). The benchmark of their comparison is the regime in which the platform has both controls, called centralized control (regime CCC). This mission formalizes the paper's characterization of that benchmark: how a fixed number of drivers should be allocated, what each driver then earns, and why the resulting driver equilibrium is the platform's optimum.

Setting

There are two locations and four routes lklklk, l,k∈{1,2}l,k\in\{1,2\}l,k∈{1,2}. Route lklklk has potential demand rate Λlk\Lambda_{lk}Λlk​ and travel time tlk>0t_{lk}>0tlk​>0. The price is ppp per unit of travel time; the platform keeps a share γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and drivers keep γˉp\bar\gamma pγˉ​p, with γˉ=1−γ\bar\gamma=1-\gammaγˉ​=1−γ, while paying a driving cost rate ccc, with γˉp−c>0\bar\gamma p-c>0γˉ​p−c>0. Demand is imbalanced: 0<Λ12<Λ210<\Lambda_{12}<\Lambda_{21}0<Λ12​<Λ21​ (Assumption 1). Repositioning is profitable: c t12<t21(γˉp−c)c\,t_{12}<t_{21}(\bar\gamma p-c)ct12​<t21​(γˉ​p−c) and c t21<t12(γˉp−c)c\,t_{21}<t_{12}(\bar\gamma p-c)ct21​<t12​(γˉ​p−c) (Assumption 2).

A pool of NNN potential drivers has opportunity cost rates drawn from a continuous distribution with CDF FFF, strictly increasing on [0,cˉo][0,\bar c_o][0,cˉo​] with cˉo≥p−c\bar c_o\ge p-ccˉo​≥p−c, F(0)=0F(0)=0F(0)=0 and F(cˉo)=1F(\bar c_o)=1F(cˉo​)=1 (Assumption 3). If drivers expect a profit rate π\piπ, then n=NF(π)n=NF(\pi)n=NF(π) of them participate.

In steady state the platform splits a driver capacity nnn into service capacity slk≤Slk:=Λlktlks_{lk}\le S_{lk}:=\Lambda_{lk}t_{lk}slk​≤Slk​:=Λlk​tlk​ on each route, repositioning capacity r12,r21r_{12},r_{21}r12​,r21​ (empty driving) and queueing capacity q1,q2q_1,q_2q1​,q2​ (idle drivers). With totals sˉ\bar ssˉ, rˉ\bar rrˉ, qˉ\bar qqˉ​ and Sˉ=∑lkSlk\bar S=\sum_{lk}S_{lk}Sˉ=∑lk​Slk​, the set CC(n)\mathcal C_C(n)CC​(n) of feasible allocations is

s12+r12t12=s21+r21t21,sˉ+rˉ+qˉ=n,0≤s≤S, r≥0, q≥0.\frac{s_{12}+r_{12}}{t_{12}}=\frac{s_{21}+r_{21}}{t_{21}},\qquad \bar s+\bar r+\bar q=n,\qquad 0\le s\le S,\ r\ge0,\ q\ge0 .t12​s12​+r12​​=t21​s21​+r21​​,sˉ+rˉ+qˉ​=n,0≤s≤S, r≥0, q≥0.

The first equation balances the flows of cars between the locations. The platform earns Π(s)=γpsˉ\Pi(s)=\gamma p\bar sΠ(s)=γpsˉ; each driver earns

π(s,r,n)=(γˉp−c)sˉ−crˉn.\pi(s,r,n)=\frac{(\bar\gamma p-c)\bar s-c\bar r}{n}.π(s,r,n)=n(γˉ​p−c)sˉ−crˉ​.

The platform's problem (13) maximizes Π(s)\Pi(s)Π(s) over (s,r,q,n)(s,r,q,n)(s,r,q,n) with (s,r,q)∈CC(n)(s,r,q)\in\mathcal C_C(n)(s,r,q)∈CC​(n) and the participation equation n=NF(π(s,r,n))n=NF(\pi(s,r,n))n=NF(π(s,r,n)); its value is ΠC∗\Pi^*_CΠC∗​.

The paper solves (13) in two steps. Step 1 fixes nnn, computes the maximal revenue ΠC(n)\Pi_C(n)ΠC​(n) over CC(n)\mathcal C_C(n)CC​(n), and among the revenue-maximizing allocations selects one that maximizes π\piπ, giving the per-driver profit πC(n)\pi_C(n)πC​(n). Step 2 solves nC=NF(πC(nC))n_C=NF(\pi_C(n_C))nC​=NF(πC​(nC​)). The constants

n1C:=Sˉ−(Λ21−Λ12)t21,n2C:=Sˉ+(Λ21−Λ12)t12n^C_1:=\bar S-(\Lambda_{21}-\Lambda_{12})t_{21},\qquad n^C_2:=\bar S+(\Lambda_{21}-\Lambda_{12})t_{12}n1C​:=Sˉ−(Λ21​−Λ12​)t21​,n2C​:=Sˉ+(Λ21​−Λ12​)t12​

split capacities into scarce, moderate and ample zones.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 1

πC continuous and nonincreasing on (0,∞), strictly decreasing on (n1C,∞);∃! nC>0: nC=NF(πC(nC));\pi_C \text{ continuous and nonincreasing on }(0,\infty),\ \text{strictly decreasing on }(n^C_1,\infty);\qquad \exists!\,n_C>0:\ n_C=NF(\pi_C(n_C));πC​ continuous and nonincreasing on (0,∞), strictly decreasing on (n1C​,∞);∃!nC​>0: nC​=NF(πC​(nC​)); πC(n)=max⁡(s,r,q)∈CC(n)π(s,r,n)(0<n≤N);ΠC∗=ΠC(nC), attained by the two-step tuple at nC.\pi_C(n)=\max_{(s,r,q)\in\mathcal C_C(n)}\pi(s,r,n)\quad(0<n\le N);\qquad \Pi^*_C=\Pi_C(n_C),\ \text{attained by the two-step tuple at } n_C .πC​(n)=(s,r,q)∈CC​(n)max​π(s,r,n)(0<n≤N);ΠC∗​=ΠC​(nC​), attained by the two-step tuple at nC​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1(1)–(3): the selected optimal allocation in each zone — sˉ=n\bar s=nsˉ=n, r=q=0r=q=0r=q=0 for n≤n1Cn\le n^C_1n≤n1C​; sˉ+r12=n\bar s+r_{12}=nsˉ+r12​=n with r12=t12t12+t21(n−n1C)r_{12}=\frac{t_{12}}{t_{12}+t_{21}}(n-n^C_1)r12​=t12​+t21​t12​​(n−n1C​), r21=0r_{21}=0r21​=0, q=0q=0q=0 for n1C<n≤n2Cn^C_1<n\le n^C_2n1C​<n≤n2C​; sˉ=Sˉ\bar s=\bar Ssˉ=Sˉ, r12=n2C−Sˉr_{12}=n^C_2-\bar Sr12​=n2C​−Sˉ, r21=0r_{21}=0r21​=0, qˉ=n−n2C\bar q=n-n^C_2qˉ​=n−n2C​ for n>n2Cn>n^C_2n>n2C​.
  2. Display (18): the closed form of πC(n)\pi_C(n)πC​(n) in the three zones.
  3. Lemma 1 at X=CX=CX=C: if πC\pi_CπC​ is driver-optimal (16) and nonincreasing, the two-step solution solves (13).

Significance

The corollary is what makes centralized control a usable benchmark. It says the platform's joint problem, which couples a linear program with a fixed-point equation in nnn, decomposes: the platform can optimize a fixed capacity and then let drivers settle, with no loss. Under the other regimes of the paper this alignment of platform and driver incentives can fail, and the paper's comparisons of regimes (value of admission control, value of repositioning) are measured against the regime-CCC optimum characterized here. Proposition 1 also makes explicit that a centralized platform keeps drivers idle only when all demand is served.

The paper's proofs are in its e-companion, which is not part of the source this mission cites; no machine-checked version of these results exists. The mission produces a checked parametric solution of a small linear program, a checked closed form of the per-driver profit, and a checked equilibrium-and-optimality argument, with every standing assumption made explicit.

Difficulty

Proposition 1 is a parametric linear program in eight variables, but stating its solution is not enough: each zone needs an upper bound on sˉ\bar ssˉ valid on all of CC(n)\mathcal C_C(n)CC​(n), and a second optimization (per-driver profit) over the set of revenue maximizers, which is not a singleton. Driver-optimality (16) is a separate claim about a different objective over the full set CC(n)\mathcal C_C(n)CC​(n); it holds only because Assumption 2 makes the capacity used for excess cross-location demand still profitable for drivers. Finally, Lemma 1 compares tuples of (13) at different capacities, which requires monotonicity of ΠC\Pi_CΠC​ and πC\pi_CπC​ in nnn and the participation equation at both capacities. The natural reading of "nC∗=nCn^*_C=n_CnC∗​=nC​" as uniqueness of the optimal capacity is false when nC>n2Cn_C>n^C_2nC​>n2C​, since wasteful repositioning can keep revenue γpSˉ\gamma p\bar SγpSˉ at a smaller capacity; the targets assert attainment instead.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace RideHailing.Central, in one definition file. Routes are named fields (Λ11 … Λ22, t11 … t22), not indexed. FFF is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ of a measure μ on R\mathbb RR. The standing hypothesis Model.Standing bundles 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, γˉp−c>0\bar\gamma p-c>0γˉ​p−c>0, Assumptions 1–3 as printed, and the paper's implicit conventions, made explicit: tlk>0t_{lk}>0tlk​>0, Λ11,Λ22≥0\Lambda_{11},\Lambda_{22}\ge0Λ11​,Λ22​≥0, p>0p>0p>0, N>0N>0N>0, c>0c>0c>0, μ\muμ a probability measure with continuous CDF.

ΠC(n)\Pi_C(n)ΠC​(n) and πC(n)\pi_C(n)πC​(n) are defined as suprema over the allocation problem; every target states attainment with IsGreatest or with membership in the selected set, so no conclusion rests on a supremum convention. Capacities in (13) and (16) are strictly positive, because (12d) divides by nnn.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: πC\pi_CπC​ is defined through the two-step selection, never by its closed form (18); "max" is never an unattained supremum; feasibility for (13) includes the participation equation and n>0n>0n>0; and nCn_CnC​ is characterized by ∃!\exists!∃! and then quantified over, never chosen.

Regimes MMM and AAA of the paper, which need objects defined only in the e-companion, are out of scope, as are the reformulation of §2.4 and Remark 2. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on monotonicity of ΠC\Pi_CΠC​ or attainment of linear programs over CC(n)\mathcal C_C(n)CC​(n), are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Afèche, Z. Liu, C. Maglaras, Ride-Hailing Networks with Strategic Drivers: The Impact of Platform Control Capabilities on Performance, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, Articles in Advance, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2023.1221
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures: The Optimal Maintenance Frontier Has Six Possible StructuresResearch Paper

Motivation

Machines in production lines deteriorate in ways that are only partly visible. A machine may run in a degraded state that raises costs without announcing itself, and eventually fail in a way that cannot be missed. The decision maker must choose between continuing production, paying for an inspection that reveals the hidden state, and replacing the machine preventively. Models of this kind are partially observable Markov decision processes (POMDPs), and for POMDPs closed-form optimal policies are rare: the value function lives on the space of beliefs and is usually only computed numerically.

H. Zhang and W. Zhang, Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures (Management Science, 2022; read here as SSRN 2945049, version of 2022-08-21), solve the classical two-state version of this problem completely. Working in the dual "efficient frontier" framework of Zhang (2010), they show that the optimal solution has exactly six possible structures and give each in closed form, with explicit or implicitly characterized thresholds on the replacement and inspection costs.

Setting

A machine is in a hidden state x∈{0,1}x\in\{0,1\}x∈{0,1} (good or bad) or in the observable failure state FFF. Each period, if the machine has failed it is replaced correctively at cost cFc^FcF; otherwise one of three actions is chosen:

  • production PPP costs 000 in state 0 and cPc^PcP in state 1;
  • inspection III costs cIc^IcI and reveals the current state;
  • preventive replacement RRR costs cRc^RcR and resets the machine to state 0.

Production always takes place. From state 0 the machine moves to state 1 with probability γ0\gamma_0γ0​; from state 1 it fails with probability γ1\gamma_1γ1​. Write γˉx=1−γx\bar\gamma_x=1-\gamma_xγˉ​x​=1−γx​, p0=(γˉ0,γ0)′\mathbf p_0=(\bar\gamma_0,\gamma_0)'p0​=(γˉ​0​,γ0​)′, p1=(0,γˉ1)′\mathbf p_1=(0,\bar\gamma_1)'p1​=(0,γˉ​1​)′, gP(uF)=(0,cP+βγ1uF)′\mathbf g^P(u_F)=(0,c^P+\beta\gamma_1u_F)'gP(uF​)=(0,cP+βγ1​uF​)′, gI(uF)=(cI,cI+βγ1uF)′\mathbf g^I(u_F)=(c^I,c^I+\beta\gamma_1u_F)'gI(uF​)=(cI,cI+βγ1​uF​)′ and PPu=(p0′u,p1′u)′\mathbf P^P\mathbf u=(\mathbf p_0'\mathbf u,\mathbf p_1'\mathbf u)'PPu=(p0′​u,p1′​u)′. Costs are discounted by β\betaβ over an infinite horizon.

A continuation-cost vector u=(u0,u1)′\mathbf u=(u_0,u_1)'u=(u0​,u1​)′ records the cost of a continuation policy from each hidden state, and uFu_FuF​ the cost after a failure. The expected optimal cost at an (unnormalized) belief π=(π0,π1)′≥0\boldsymbol\pi=(\pi_0,\pi_1)'\ge0π=(π0​,π1​)′≥0 is V(π)=min⁡u∈U∗π′uV(\boldsymbol\pi)=\min_{\mathbf u\in U^*}\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf uV(π)=minu∈U∗​π′u, where U∗U^*U∗ is the set of extreme points of the efficient frontier. The pair (U∗,uF∗)(U^*,u^*_F)(U∗,uF∗​) is the fixed point of the dual value iteration (12)–(16). In support-function form, a pair (W,wF)(W,w_F)(W,wF​) is mapped to

W′(π)=min⁡{π′gP(wF)+βW((PP)′π), (π0+π1)(cR+βW(p0)), π′gI(wF)+β(π0W(p0)+π1W(p1))},W'(\boldsymbol\pi)=\min\Big\{\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf g^P(w_F)+\beta W\big((\mathbf P^P)'\boldsymbol\pi\big),\ (\pi_0+\pi_1)\big(c^R+\beta W(\mathbf p_0)\big),\ \boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf g^I(w_F)+\beta\big(\pi_0W(\mathbf p_0)+\pi_1W(\mathbf p_1)\big)\Big\},W′(π)=min{π′gP(wF​)+βW((PP)′π), (π0​+π1​)(cR+βW(p0​)), π′gI(wF​)+β(π0​W(p0​)+π1​W(p1​))}, wF′=cF+βW(p0),w_F'=c^F+\beta W(\mathbf p_0),wF′​=cF+βW(p0​),

the three terms being PPP, RRR and III. A finite set UUU with a number uFu_FuF​ is the optimal solution for an action set if value iteration from zero terminal costs converges to min⁡u∈Uπ′u\min_{\mathbf u\in U}\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf uminu∈U​π′u for every π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0 and to uFu_FuF​ after a failure.

The structures are built from two point sequences. The production sequence is ui+1=gP(uF)+βPPui\mathbf u_{i+1}=\mathbf g^P(u_F)+\beta\mathbf P^P\mathbf u_iui+1​=gP(uF​)+βPPui​. Started on the diagonal at (uR,uR)′(u^R,u^R)'(uR,uR)′ with uF=uR+cF−cRu_F=u^R+c^F-c^RuF​=uR+cF−cR, the self-consistency equation uR=cR+βp0′umu^R=c^R+\beta\mathbf p_0'\mathbf u_muR=cR+βp0′​um​ has a unique solution uR=f(m)u^R=f(m)uR=f(m) (31). Started instead at the inspection point (35), it gives g(m)g(m)g(m) (40).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 27–28, Table 1)

Let θ=cP+βγ1cF1−β+β(γ0+γ1)\theta=\dfrac{c^P+\beta\gamma_1c^F}{1-\beta+\beta(\gamma_0+\gamma_1)}θ=1−β+β(γ0​+γ1​)cP+βγ1​cF​ and c^=(1+βγ0)cP−βγˉ1(1−β+βγ0+βγ1)cR+β2γ1γˉ1cF\hat c=(1+\beta\gamma_0)c^P-\beta\bar\gamma_1(1-\beta+\beta\gamma_0+\beta\gamma_1)c^R+\beta^2\gamma_1\bar\gamma_1c^Fc^=(1+βγ0​)cP−βγˉ​1​(1−β+βγ0​+βγ1​)cR+β2γ1​γˉ​1​cF. Under {P,I,R}\{P,I,R\}{P,I,R}:

cR≥θ ⇒ [P];γ0γ1θ≤cR<θ ⇒ R[P], IR[P] or [PIR] by explicit thresholds on cI;c^R\ge\theta\ \Rightarrow\ [P];\qquad \tfrac{\gamma_0}{\gamma_1}\theta\le c^R<\theta\ \Rightarrow\ R[P],\ IR[P]\ \text{or}\ [PIR]\ \text{by explicit thresholds on }c^I;cR≥θ ⇒ [P];γ1​γ0​​θ≤cR<θ ⇒ R[P], IR[P] or [PIR] by explicit thresholds on cI; cR<min⁡{γ0γ1θ,θ} ⇒ ∃ 0<c^1≤c^2<cR: [PR], I[PR] or [PIR] as cI≥c^2, c^1≤cI<c^2, cI<c^1,c^R<\min\{\tfrac{\gamma_0}{\gamma_1}\theta,\theta\}\ \Rightarrow\ \exists\,0<\hat c_1\le\hat c_2<c^R:\ [PR],\ I[PR]\ \text{or}\ [PIR]\ \text{as}\ c^I\ge\hat c_2,\ \hat c_1\le c^I<\hat c_2,\ c^I<\hat c_1,cR<min{γ1​γ0​​θ,θ} ⇒ ∃0<c^1​≤c^2​<cR: [PR], I[PR] or [PIR] as cI≥c^2​, c^1​≤cI<c^2​, cI<c^1​,

with every structure an explicit pair (U∗,uF∗)(U^*,u^*_F)(U∗,uF∗​) from Table 1, and the thresholds characterized implicitly (uI†\mathbf u^{I\dagger}uI† on the frontier of U†U^\daggerU† at cI=c^2c^I=\hat c_2cI=c^2​; min⁡f=min⁡g\min f=\min gminf=ming at cI=c^1c^I=\hat c_1cI=c^1​).

Milestones

Proposition 2 (the fixed-point equations), Proposition 3 (the cost of producing forever), Lemma 1 and Lemma 6 (the two sequences in closed form), Lemma 3 and Lemma 7 (the anchors fff and ggg), Proposition 4 (unimodality of fff), Theorem 1 (the two-action solution: [P][P][P], R[P]R[P]R[P], [PR][PR][PR], with extreme-point exactness) and Lemma 5 (when inspection enters).

Significance

The result. The theorem turns a POMDP into a finite list of explicit policies. Each structure is a periodic plan that needs no belief updating: produce for m†m^\daggerm† periods and replace; or inspect every m∗m^*m∗ periods and replace only if the machine is found bad. The thresholds tell when inspection is worth its cost, and the comparative statics of m†m^\daggerm† and m∗m^*m∗ follow from the closed forms. The authors use the solution to justify common maintenance practices.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (main text §4, proofs in its e-companion, App. A); no part is machine-checked. The proofs of Theorems 1 and 2 argue geometrically from figures of convex curves in the plane ("the curve bends back", "all the points are still extreme points"). A formal development has to turn these into inequalities between piecewise-linear concave functions, and has to prove convergence of value iteration to the stated sets. The implicit thresholds of part (3) were not checked numerically when this mission was planned. Parts (1) and (2) and Theorem 1 were.

Difficulty

Verifying that a candidate set UUU is a fixed point is not enough: the goal asserts that value iteration from zero converges to it, so uniqueness of the bounded fixed point must be proved (a contraction argument in the supremum norm over the simplex). More importantly, finding the frontier requires knowing which points of the infinite production sequence are extreme, which depends on the location of the anchor relative to the curve {ui:i≥0}\{\mathbf u_i:i\ge0\}{ui​:i≥0} (Fig. 5 of the paper, five subcases). The natural induction on mmm fails because fff is not monotone: its least minimizer m†m^\daggerm† must be located through the unimodality of the real extension (Proposition 4). In part (3) the thresholds c^1,c^2\hat c_1,\hat c_2c^1​,c^2​ are defined implicitly, and showing that the three regimes are ordered in cIc^IcI requires monotonicity of the whole frontier in cIc^IcI.

Formalization scope

Everything is defined in the namespace MaintPOMDP.Frontier. Vectors and beliefs are Fin 2 → ℝ (index 0 = good state); beliefs are unnormalized, π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0. The optimal solution is the limit of the support-function value iteration started from W≡0W\equiv0W≡0, wF=0w_F=0wF​=0; "the structure is X" means that this limit equals min⁡\minmin over the points of row X of Table 1, with the failure cost of that row.

Standing assumptions: 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0<cP<cI<cR<cF0<c^P<c^I<c^R<c^F0<cP<cI<cR<cF (p. 14), and 0<γ0<10<\gamma_0<10<γ0​<1, 0<γ1<10<\gamma_1<10<γ1​<1, which the paper never states and which are added (the thresholds divide by γ1\gamma_1γ1​). The hypothesis γ0≠γ1\gamma_0\ne\gamma_1γ0​=γ1​ is added only to Lemmas 1, 3, 6, 7 and Proposition 4, whose printed formulas divide by γ1−γ0\gamma_1-\gamma_0γ1​−γ0​; fff and ggg themselves are defined as solutions of the affine anchor equations, so Theorems 1 and 2 cover γ0=γ1\gamma_0=\gamma_1γ0​=γ1​. Proposition 4 also carries the range of cRc^RcR that its proof uses. "m†=arg⁡min⁡fm^\dagger=\arg\min fm†=argminf" is the least minimizer, and its existence is part of the conclusion. In Theorem 2, the indices nR,nIn_R,n_InR​,nI​ of Table 1 are existential and extreme-point exactness is not asserted for the I[PR]I[PR]I[PR] and [PIR][PIR][PIR] rows (Table 1's I[PR]I[PR]I[PR] row conflicts with the paper's Proposition 8). It is asserted in Theorem 1. In part (3) the thresholds are chosen before cIc^IcI and the claims hold for every cI∈(cP,cR)c^I\in(c^P,c^R)cI∈(cP,cR).

Trivializing readings are ruled out: the value function is the limit of the iterates, not an arbitrary fixed point or a junk limit; identities hold for every belief π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0, not only at vertices; every frontier set is given by formulas, so no extra points can be slipped in; minimizers are asserted, not assumed; and thresholds involving γ0/γ1\gamma_0/\gamma_1γ0​/γ1​ are evaluated with γ1>0\gamma_1>0γ1​>0.

A complete development needs convergence of value iteration for a monotone contraction on bounded functions over the cone π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0, explicit solutions of two-dimensional linear recurrences, and lemmas on lower envelopes of finitely many linear functions in two variables. These are reusable beyond this mission, for other two-state POMDPs. Contributions of any milestone, of the γ0 = γ1 closed forms (App. B), or of a proof of Theorem 1 alone are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Zhang, W. Zhang, Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4547 (read as SSRN 2945049, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2945049)
  • H. Zhang, Partially Observable Markov Decision Processes: A Geometric Technique and Analysis, Operations Research 58(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0697
  • R. D. Smallwood, E. J. Sondik, The Optimal Control of Partially Observable Markov Processes over a Finite Horizon, Operations Research 21(5), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1071
  • S. M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), 1971. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets 1: With Privacy Rights the Monopoly Equilibrium Has Four Breach-Cost Regimes Separated by c = δσ/2, δσ/√2 and δσResearch Paper

Motivation

The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, 2018) and the California Consumer Privacy Act give consumers privacy rights over the personal data that firms collect: data may be collected only with explicit consent (opt-in), consent is separated from the purchase itself, and a consumer may later have her data deleted (erasure, the "right to be forgotten"). The same regulations carry a data security mandate, because data held by a firm is exposed to breaches. Regulators, firms and economists want to know how these rights change what data is collected, what prices are charged, and who gains.

Ke and Sudhir (SSRN 3643979; published in Management Science, 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4614) build a two-period model in which a firm sells a basic good, may collect a consumer's data with her consent, and uses the data to sell a personalized good in the second period. Consumers trade off the personalization benefit against the expected cost of a data breach. This mission formalizes the paper's first main result, Proposition 1: the equilibrium of the monopoly market with privacy rights. The companion mission (number 2 of this series) formalizes the benchmark without privacy rights.

Setting

A monopolist faces a unit mass of consumers whose valuation vvv of the basic good is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A consumer values the personalized good at (1+κ)v(1+\kappa)v(1+κ)v, where κ∈{κL,κH}\kappa\in\{\kappa_L,\kappa_H\}κ∈{κL​,κH​} with probability 1/21/21/2 each and κH>κL>0\kappa_H>\kappa_L>0κH​>κL​>0. Write

μ=κH+κL2,σ=κH−κL2.\mu=\frac{\kappa_H+\kappa_L}{2},\qquad \sigma=\frac{\kappa_H-\kappa_L}{2}.μ=2κH​+κL​​,σ=2κH​−κL​​.

A consumer learns her κ\kappaκ only after the first period, and the firm never learns it. Both sides discount the second period by δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1]. Each period in which the firm holds a consumer's data costs her an expected breach cost c≥0c\ge0c≥0.

Period 1. The firm posts a price p1p_1p1​. Each consumer chooses among not buying, buying without opting in, and buying and opting in. Opting in reveals vvv to the firm and costs ccc.

Period 2. The firm posts a basic price p2p_2p2​ and offers each opted-in consumer a personalized price r(v)r(v)r(v). A consumer who did not opt in buys the basic good iff v≥p2v\ge p_2v≥p2​; she never opts in in the last period. An opted-in consumer either keeps her data and buys the personalized good, with utility (1+κ)v−r(v)−c(1+\kappa)v-r(v)-c(1+κ)v−r(v)−c, or erases her data and takes max⁡{v−p2,0}\max\{v-p_2,0\}max{v−p2​,0}.

An equilibrium is a profile (p1, p2(⋅), r(⋅,⋅), choice(⋅,⋅))(p_1,\ p_2(\cdot),\ r(\cdot,\cdot),\ \text{choice}(\cdot,\cdot))(p1​, p2​(⋅), r(⋅,⋅), choice(⋅,⋅)) in which every personalized price r(v,q)r(v,q)r(v,q) maximizes the expected revenue from consumer vvv at basic price qqq; after every first-period price p1p_1p1​, the basic price p2(p1)p_2(p_1)p2​(p1​) maximizes the firm's second-period profit; after every p1p_1p1​, every consumer's first-period action is optimal; and p1p_1p1​ maximizes the firm's total profit over all real prices. The paper also imposes Assumption 1:

μ ≥ max⁡{(3+δ)σ, 12+(2+δ)σ}.\mu\ \ge\ \max\Big\{(3+\delta)\sigma,\ \tfrac12+(2+\delta)\sigma\Big\}.μ ≥ max{(3+δ)σ, 21​+(2+δ)σ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

Under Assumption 1, an equilibrium exists with the following outcome in each regime. The constants v1∗v_1^*v1∗​ and P1∗P_1^*P1∗​ are those of the paper's appendix.

  • A. 0≤c≤δσ/20\le c\le\delta\sigma/20≤c≤δσ/2: p1M∗=P1∗p^*_{1M}=P_1^*p1M∗​=P1∗​ and p2M∗=1p^*_{2M}=1p2M∗​=1. Consumers with v≥v1∗v\ge v_1^*v≥v1∗​ opt in and then buy the personalized good at (1+μ−σ)v−c(1+\mu-\sigma)v-c(1+μ−σ)v−c. Consumers with v<v1∗v<v_1^*v<v1∗​ never buy.
  • B. δσ/2<c≤δσ/2\delta\sigma/2<c\le\delta\sigma/\sqrt2δσ/2<c≤δσ/2​: p1M∗=1/2p^*_{1M}=1/2p1M∗​=1/2 and p2M∗=1p^*_{2M}=1p2M∗​=1. Consumers with v≥c/(δσ)v\ge c/(\delta\sigma)v≥c/(δσ) opt in and pay (1+μ−σ)v−c(1+\mu-\sigma)v-c(1+μ−σ)v−c. Those with 1/2≤v<c/(δσ)1/2\le v<c/(\delta\sigma)1/2≤v<c/(δσ) buy only in period 1. The rest never buy.
  • C. δσ/2<c<δσ\delta\sigma/\sqrt2<c<\delta\sigmaδσ/2​<c<δσ: p1M∗=p2M∗=1/2p^*_{1M}=p^*_{2M}=1/2p1M∗​=p2M∗​=1/2. Consumers with v≥c/(δσ)v\ge c/(\delta\sigma)v≥c/(δσ) opt in and pay (μ−σ)v+1/2−c(\mu-\sigma)v+1/2-c(μ−σ)v+1/2−c. Those with 1/2≤v<c/(δσ)1/2\le v<c/(\delta\sigma)1/2≤v<c/(δσ) buy the basic good in both periods. The rest never buy.
  • D. c≥δσc\ge\delta\sigmac≥δσ: no one opts in, p1M∗=p2M∗=1/2p^*_{1M}=p^*_{2M}=1/2p1M∗​=p2M∗​=1/2, and a consumer buys in each period iff v≥1/2v\ge1/2v≥1/2.

Milestones

The equilibrium personalized price, eqs. (1)–(2):

rM∗(v,p2)=(μ−σ)v+min⁡{v,p2}−c,r^*_M(v,p_2)=(\mu-\sigma)v+\min\{v,p_2\}-c,rM∗​(v,p2​)=(μ−σ)v+min{v,p2​}−c,

which is optimal whenever 2(κLv−c)≥κHv−c≥02(\kappa_Lv-c)\ge\kappa_Hv-c\ge02(κL​v−c)≥κH​v−c≥0, a condition Assumption 1 guarantees above the opt-in threshold.

The opt-in threshold, eq. (4):

vM∗(p1)=max⁡{cδσ,p1+c1+δσ}.v^*_M(p_1)=\max\Big\{\frac{c}{\delta\sigma},\frac{p_1+c}{1+\delta\sigma}\Big\}.vM∗​(p1​)=max{δσc​,1+δσp1​+c​}.

The second-period basic price, eq. (3): p2M∗(p1)=1/2p^*_{2M}(p_1)=1/2p2M∗​(p1​)=1/2 if vM∗(p1)≥1/2v^*_M(p_1)\ge1/\sqrt2vM∗​(p1​)≥1/2​, and 111 otherwise.

The remaining milestones are the identification of the firm's profit with the reduced first-period profit of p. 15, and the three cases of the appendix proof that locate its maximizer.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the basis of the paper's comparative statics and policy conclusions. The comparison with the benchmark (Proposition 2) shows when privacy rights raise or lower opt-in, profits and consumer surplus. Corollary 3 shows that under privacy rights, opt-in and profit fall strictly with the breach cost. In the paper's interpretation, the result explains how data-security investment and the rights themselves interact: privacy rights let consumers avoid the hold-up problem of sharing data before knowing its value to them.

The result is proved on paper in the appendix, by reducing the game to a piecewise-quadratic maximization. It has not been machine-checked. A formal proof adds a fully specified equilibrium concept with optimality at every history and an explicit treatment of tie-breaking and knife-edge regimes. It also corrects one misprint in the SSRN text (the price in case B(i)). This is the platform's first two-period data-market game with opt-in and erasure; existing privacy items are one-shot models.

Difficulty

The difficulty is that the goal is a statement about a game, not about the closed forms. A solver must exhibit strategies at every history, including first-period prices far from equilibrium and arbitrary basic prices. They must then show that the consumers' choices form a threshold set whose measure and integrals are the ones the reduced profit assumes.

The tempting shortcut is to read eq. (2) as the firm's personalized price everywhere. Eq. (1) shows it is optimal only in case (i); for small vvv the firm prefers to price only to the high type or to let both types erase. The equilibrium survives because no such consumer opts in, which must be shown from the consumers' side. The global maximization of the first-period profit over all real p1p_1p1​ involves a function with kinks at p1=c/(δσ)p_1=c/(\delta\sigma)p1​=c/(δσ), at the price where vM∗(p1)=1/2v^*_M(p_1)=1/\sqrt2vM∗​(p1​)=1/2​, and where vM∗(p1)v^*_M(p_1)vM∗​(p1​) reaches 111. Both halves of Assumption 1 are used in comparing its pieces.

Formalization scope

Parameters are a structure Params with fields kL, kH, d (δ\deltaδ) and c; μ\muμ, σ\sigmaσ, the standing assumptions (0<κL<κH0<\kappa_L<\kappa_H0<κL​<κH​, 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1, 0≤c0\le c0≤c) and Assumption 1 are definitions, and every theorem carries both predicates as hypotheses. Consumers are v∈[0,1]v\in[0,1]v∈[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. Expectations over κ\kappaκ are averages of the two types. All quantities are real numbers, and prices range over all of R\mathbb RR.

Committed conventions:

  • An indifferent consumer buys.
  • An opted-in consumer keeps her data on a tie.
  • "No basic good is offered" is the basic price 111.
  • The goal asserts existence of an equilibrium with the stated outcome, not uniqueness, which the paper does not claim.
  • The knife-edge c=δσ/2c=\delta\sigma/\sqrt2c=δσ/2​ belongs to B, as in the proposition.
  • In B(i) the formal statement uses the price (1+μ−σ)v−c(1+\mu-\sigma)v-c(1+μ−σ)v−c that eq. (2) gives when no basic good is sold; the SSRN text prints C's price there.

Profits are integrals over the sets of consumers defined by the profile's own choices. A formalization that defined profits by the paper's closed forms would be trivial and is excluded. So are optimality checked only on the equilibrium path, a dropped Assumption 1, a missing bullet of the proposition, and a uniqueness claim. A sorry-free check confirms that the hypotheses are satisfiable at the paper's figure point κL=4\kappa_L=4κL​=4, κH=6\kappa_H=6κH​=6, δ=0.8\delta=0.8δ=0.8.

The development needs interval integrals and Lebesgue measure of intervals on R\mathbb RR, and elementary real inequalities with square roots. The reduced-profit identity (consumers' optimal choices form threshold sets up to null sets) is the reusable core and would serve the benchmark mission too. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • T. Tony Ke and K. Sudhir, Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets, SSRN working paper 3643979 (pdfTeX build 2022-09-14). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3643979
  • T. Tony Ke and K. Sudhir, Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4614
  • Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), Official Journal of the European Union L 119, 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
12 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Faster Cutting Plane Method and its Implications for Combinatorial and Convex Optimization I: The Largest-Coordinate Strategy Keeps the Stochastic Chasing 0 Game within 2(c+R)log(4mk²/p)Research Paper

Motivation

Cutting plane methods minimize a convex function, or find a point in a convex set, using only a separation oracle: a routine that, given a query point, either certifies it is good or returns a halfspace containing the target. Lee, Sidford and Wong (arXiv:1508.04874, FOCS 2015) gave a cutting plane method for a convex set in Rn\mathbb R^nRn inside a box of radius RRR that uses an expected O(nlog⁡(nR/ϵ))O(n\log(nR/\epsilon))O(nlog(nR/ϵ)) oracle calls and O(n3log⁡O(1)(nR/ϵ))O(n^3\log^{O(1)}(nR/\epsilon))O(n3logO(1)(nR/ϵ)) additional time, improving on the O(nω+1log⁡(nR/ϵ))O(n^{\omega+1}\log(nR/\epsilon))O(nω+1log(nR/ϵ)) additional time of Vaidya's method from over 25 years earlier, and derived from it faster algorithms for submodular function minimization, matroid intersection and submodular flow.

The speed-up depends on not recomputing the leverage scores of the current constraint matrix from scratch at every step. The algorithm maintains approximations and refreshes a few of them per step. Section 7.2 of the paper isolates the bookkeeping question this raises as a two-player game, the stochastic chasing 0⃗\vec 00 game, and shows that a simple greedy strategy keeps the accumulated error small. The game is self-contained and has nothing to do with convexity: it is a statement about a random walk in Rm\mathbb R^mRm that is partially reset at every step.

Setting

Fix a dimension m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and constants c>0c>0c>0, R>0R>0R>0. For v⃗∈Rm\vec v\in\mathbb R^mv∈Rm, ∥v⃗∥∞=max⁡i∣vi∣\|\vec v\|_\infty=\max_i|v_i|∥v∥∞​=maxi​∣vi​∣ and ∥v⃗∥2=(∑ivi2)1/2\|\vec v\|_2=(\sum_iv_i^2)^{1/2}∥v∥2​=(∑i​vi2​)1/2.

A point starts at x⃗(1)=0⃗\vec x^{(1)}=\vec 0x(1)=0. Each round k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,… runs as follows (Algorithm 4).

  1. A stochastic adversary chooses a probability distribution D(k)\mathcal D^{(k)}D(k) on Rm\mathbb R^mRm with mean 0⃗\vec 00 and ∥Δ⃗∥2≤c\|\vec\Delta\|_2\le c∥Δ∥2​≤c for every Δ⃗\vec\DeltaΔ in its support.
  2. The adversary chooses an observation y⃗(k)\vec y^{(k)}y​(k) with ∥y⃗(k)−x⃗(k)∥∞≤R\|\vec y^{(k)}-\vec x^{(k)}\|_\infty\le R∥y​(k)−x(k)∥∞​≤R.
  3. The player chooses a coordinate i(k)i^{(k)}i(k), knowing only y⃗(k)\vec y^{(k)}y​(k): neither x⃗(k)\vec x^{(k)}x(k), nor D(k)\mathcal D^{(k)}D(k), nor the step.
  4. A step Δ⃗(k)\vec\Delta^{(k)}Δ(k) is drawn from D(k)\mathcal D^{(k)}D(k) and the point moves to
xi(k)(k+1)=0,xj(k+1)=xj(k)+Δj(k)(j≠i(k)).x^{(k+1)}_{i^{(k)}}=0,\qquad x^{(k+1)}_j=x^{(k)}_j+\Delta^{(k)}_j\quad(j\ne i^{(k)}).xi(k)(k+1)​=0,xj(k+1)​=xj(k)​+Δj(k)​(j=i(k)).

The adversary may use everything that has happened so far to make its choices. The player wants to keep x⃗(k)\vec x^{(k)}x(k) near 0⃗\vec 00 in ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​; the adversary wants to push it away. The largest-coordinate strategy is i(k)=argmax⁡i∣yi(k)∣i^{(k)}=\operatorname{argmax}_i|y^{(k)}_i|i(k)=argmaxi​∣yi(k)​∣: reset the coordinate that looks largest.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 34

If the player uses the largest-coordinate strategy, then for every p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1], with probability at least 1−p1-p1−p,

∥x⃗(k)∥∞≤2(c+R)log⁡(4mk2/p)for all k≥1.\|\vec x^{(k)}\|_\infty\le2(c+R)\log\big(4mk^2/p\big)\qquad\text{for all }k\ge1.∥x(k)∥∞​≤2(c+R)log(4mk2/p)for all k≥1.

The bound holds simultaneously for all rounds, against every adaptive adversary, and grows only logarithmically in kkk, in mmm and in 1/p1/p1/p.

Milestones

The milestones are the steps that the paper's proof of Theorem 34 (pp. 43–44) displays:

  1. the exponential inequality ex≤1+x+x22e∣x∣e^x\le1+x+\tfrac{x^2}{2}e^{|x|}ex≤1+x+2x2​e∣x∣ and its consequence eαx+αδ≤eαx+αδeαx+12α2δ2eαx+∣α∣ce^{\alpha x+\alpha\delta}\le e^{\alpha x}+\alpha\delta e^{\alpha x}+\tfrac12\alpha^2\delta^2e^{\alpha x+|\alpha|c}eαx+αδ≤eαx+αδeαx+21​α2δ2eαx+∣α∣c for ∣δ∣≤c|\delta|\le c∣δ∣≤c;
  2. the one-step drift bound for the potential Φ(x⃗)=∑ieαxi+∑ie−αxi\Phi(\vec x)=\sum_ie^{\alpha x_i}+\sum_ie^{-\alpha x_i}Φ(x)=∑i​eαxi​+∑i​e−αxi​:
EΔ⃗∼D Φ(x⃗+Δ⃗)≤Φ(x⃗)+α2eαcc2η,η=max⁡(max⁡ieαxi,max⁡ie−αxi);\mathbb E_{\vec\Delta\sim\mathcal D}\,\Phi(\vec x+\vec\Delta)\le\Phi(\vec x)+\alpha^2e^{\alpha c}c^2\eta,\qquad\eta=\max\big(\max_ie^{\alpha x_i},\max_ie^{-\alpha x_i}\big);EΔ∼D​Φ(x+Δ)≤Φ(x)+α2eαcc2η,η=max(imax​eαxi​,imax​e−αxi​);
  1. the choice α=1/(2(c+R))\alpha=1/(2(c+R))α=1/(2(c+R)), for which e2α(c+R)(α(c+R))2≤1e^{2\alpha(c+R)}(\alpha(c+R))^2\le1e2α(c+R)(α(c+R))2≤1 and α2eαcc2≤e−α(R+c)\alpha^2e^{\alpha c}c^2\le e^{-\alpha(R+c)}α2eαcc2≤e−α(R+c);
  2. the union-bound arithmetic 1−∑k≥12m/λk=1−∑k≥1p/(2k2)≥1−p1-\sum_{k\ge1}2m/\lambda_k=1-\sum_{k\ge1}p/(2k^2)\ge1-p1−∑k≥1​2m/λk​=1−∑k≥1​p/(2k2)≥1−p for λk=4mk2/p\lambda_k=4mk^2/pλk​=4mk2/p.

Significance

Within the paper, Theorem 34 is what lets the cutting plane method keep its leverage-score estimates within a bounded multiplicative error while refreshing only one estimate per step; this is one of the ingredients behind the O(n3log⁡O(1)(nR/ϵ))O(n^3\log^{O(1)}(nR/\epsilon))O(n3logO(1)(nR/ϵ)) additional time. The game reappears whenever an algorithm tracks many slowly drifting quantities with noisy observations and can afford to recompute only a few of them exactly per step, which makes the statement useful beyond this paper.

None of the statements in this mission has a machine-checked proof. The theorem is published with a proof. The mission asks for a formal proof of the statement exactly as published, with the constant 444 inside the logarithm. A formal proof of the milestones alone would already give a reusable exponential-potential toolkit for adaptive random processes in Rm\mathbb R^mRm.

Difficulty

The point process is not a martingale: the player's resets depend on a noisy observation, the adversary is adaptive, and the reset can hit a coordinate that is up to 2R2R2R smaller in absolute value than the largest one. Per-coordinate tail bounds do not suffice, because the adversary may concentrate its moves on whichever coordinates the player is not resetting. A bound that holds for all kkk at once, with only logarithmic dependence on kkk, has to control all coordinates jointly. Establishing such joint control, with the specific constant 444 inside the logarithm, against the most adversarial interaction between the observation error RRR and the step size ccc, is where the work lies.

Formalization scope

  • Probability model. The randomness is a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) with a filtration (Fk)k≥0(\mathcal F_k)_{k\ge0}(Fk​)k≥0​. The adversary's adaptive choice of D(k)\mathcal D^{(k)}D(k) is modelled by the conditional law of the step: each coordinate of the step has conditional mean 000 given the past, the step is measurable with respect to the next σ\sigmaσ-algebra, and ∑iΔi2≤c2\sum_i\Delta_i^2\le c^2∑i​Δi2​≤c2 holds everywhere. The observation y⃗(k)\vec y^{(k)}y​(k) is measurable with respect to the current σ\sigmaσ-algebra, so it is fixed before the step is drawn, and ∥y⃗(k)−x⃗(k)∥∞≤R\|\vec y^{(k)}-\vec x^{(k)}\|_\infty\le R∥y​(k)−x(k)∥∞​≤R holds on the actual trajectory.
  • Indexing. Coordinates are Fin m (0-based), with m≥1m\ge1m≥1. Lean round k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N is the paper's round k+1k+1k+1, so the goal's bound reads log⁡(4m(k+1)2/p)\log(4m(k+1)^2/p)log(4m(k+1)2/p); at Lean round 000 the point is 0⃗\vec 00.
  • Norms. ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is Lean's sup norm on Fin m → ℝ. The step bound ∥Δ⃗∥2≤c\|\vec\Delta\|_2\le c∥Δ∥2​≤c is written as ∑iΔi2≤c2\sum_i\Delta_i^2\le c^2∑i​Δi2​≤c2, never as a sup-norm bound. The paper's prose once writes ∥Δ⃗∥22≤c\|\vec\Delta\|_2^2\le c∥Δ∥22​≤c; Algorithm 4 and the proof use ∥Δ⃗∥2≤c\|\vec\Delta\|_2\le c∥Δ∥2​≤c, which is what is formalized.
  • Tie rule. argmax⁡i∣yi∣\operatorname{argmax}_i|y_i|argmaxi​∣yi​∣ breaks ties by the least index; the paper's theorem is claimed for any tie rule.
  • Constants. c>0c>0c>0, R>0R>0R>0 (Algorithm 4), 0<p≤10<p\le10<p≤1, natural logarithm. The drift milestone adds α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0.
  • Not trivial by construction. The hypotheses are satisfiable by genuinely random adversaries (a fair-coin step of size ccc is one), and the conclusion is a probability lower bound on an event, not a statement that holds vacuously; a formalization in which the observation could depend on the step, or in which the step bound were a sup-norm bound, would not be the paper's theorem.
  • Out of scope. Running time, the leverage-score application (Section 7.1, Theorem 31) and the rest of the cutting plane method.
  • Infrastructure. Conditional expectation with respect to a filtration, Markov's inequality and countable union bounds are in Mathlib. Supermartingale lemmas for nonnegative adapted processes, and the passage from a per-step drift inequality to a bound on the expected potential, are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, S. C. Wong, A Faster Cutting Plane Method and its Implications for Combinatorial and Convex Optimization, FOCS 2015; arXiv:1508.04874v2, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1508.04874
  • P. M. Vaidya, A new algorithm for minimizing convex functions over convex sets, FOCS 1989; Mathematical Programming 73 (1996) 291–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592216
6 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Faster Cutting Plane Method and its Implications for Combinatorial and Convex Optimization II: A Large upper(p) Yields a New Valid Arc for Submodular Minimization over a Ring FamilyResearch Paper

Motivation

Submodular function minimization (SFM) asks for a set S⊆VS \subseteq VS⊆V minimizing a function f:2V→Zf : 2^V \to \mathbb Zf:2V→Z with diminishing marginal returns. It contains minimum cut, matroid intersection and many problems of combinatorial optimization, and the question of how fast it can be solved with a value oracle has a long history: Grötschel, Lovász and Schrijver (1981) gave the first polynomial algorithm via the ellipsoid method; Iwata, Fleischer and Fujishige (2001) and Schrijver (2000) gave the first combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithms; Orlin (2009) brought the bound to O(n5⋅EO+n6)O(n^5 \cdot \mathrm{EO} + n^6)O(n5⋅EO+n6).

Lee, Sidford and Wong (arXiv:1508.04874, FOCS 2015) applied their faster cutting plane method to SFM and obtained an O~(n3⋅EO+n4)\tilde O(n^3 \cdot \mathrm{EO} + n^4)O~(n3⋅EO+n4) strongly polynomial algorithm. Like several earlier strongly polynomial algorithms, theirs works over a ring family and repeatedly adds new valid arcs that shrink the family without losing a minimizer. The combinatorial core of that step is Lemma 79 (p. 84) and its mirror image Lemma 80 (p. 86), which the authors describe as new to their work. This mission formalizes Lemma 79 and the lemmas its proof uses.

Setting

Let V=[n]V = [n]V=[n] and let f:2V→Zf : 2^V \to \mathbb Zf:2V→Z be submodular (Definition 58): f(T+i)−f(T)≤f(S+i)−f(S)f(T + i) - f(T) \le f(S + i) - f(S)f(T+i)−f(T)≤f(S+i)−f(S) whenever S⊆TS \subseteq TS⊆T and i∉Ti \notin Ti∈/T, where S+i=S∪{i}S + i = S \cup \{i\}S+i=S∪{i}. As in §13.1, f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0.

For y∈Rny \in \mathbb R^ny∈Rn write y(S)=∑i∈Syiy(S) = \sum_{i \in S} y_iy(S)=∑i∈S​yi​. The base polyhedron is

B(f)={y∈Rn:y(S)≤f(S) ∀S⊆V, y(V)=f(V)}.\mathcal B(f) = \{ y \in \mathbb R^n : y(S) \le f(S) \ \forall S \subseteq V,\ y(V) = f(V) \}.B(f)={y∈Rn:y(S)≤f(S) ∀S⊆V, y(V)=f(V)}.

Every permutation v1,…,vnv_1, \dots, v_nv1​,…,vn​ of VVV defines a basic feasible solution (BFS) hhh of B(f)\mathcal B(f)B(f) by hvi=f({v1,…,vi})−f({v1,…,vi−1})h_{v_i} = f(\{v_1, \dots, v_i\}) - f(\{v_1, \dots, v_{i-1}\})hvi​​=f({v1​,…,vi​})−f({v1​,…,vi−1​}) (Theorem 62); viv_ivi​ precedes vjv_jvj​ when i<ji < ji<j.

A set AAA of arcs on VVV (an acyclic digraph) represents the ring family FA\mathcal F_AFA​ of sets SSS such that i∈Si \in Si∈S implies j∈Sj \in Sj∈S for every arc (i,j)∈A(i, j) \in A(i,j)∈A. R(i)R(i)R(i) and Q(i)Q(i)Q(i) are the descendants and the ancestors of iii, both including iii. A permutation, or its BFS, is consistent with AAA if for every arc (i,j)(i, j)(i,j) the element jjj precedes iii (Definition 74). A vector is non-degenerate if it has both a positive and a negative entry. Finally,

upper(i)=f(R(i))−f(R(i)−i),lower(i)=f(V∖Q(i)+i)−f(V∖Q(i)).\mathrm{upper}(i) = f(R(i)) - f(R(i) - i), \qquad \mathrm{lower}(i) = f(V \setminus Q(i) + i) - f(V \setminus Q(i)).upper(i)=f(R(i))−f(R(i)−i),lower(i)=f(V∖Q(i)+i)−f(V∖Q(i)).

An arc (p,q)(p, q)(p,q) is valid if adding it keeps a minimizer of fff over FA\mathcal F_AFA​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 79 (new arc)

Let y=∑kλ(k)y(k)y = \sum_k \lambda^{(k)} y^{(k)}y=∑k​λ(k)y(k) be a non-degenerate convex combination of BFS's consistent with AAA. If

upper(p)>n4max⁡jyj,\mathrm{upper}(p) > n^4 \max_j y_j,upper(p)>n4jmax​yj​,

then there is q∉R(p)q \notin R(p)q∈/R(p) such that every minimizer of fff over FA\mathcal F_AFA​ that contains ppp also contains qqq.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Lemma 65 (p. 77): a non-negative h∈B(f)h \in \mathcal B(f)h∈B(f) makes ∅\emptyset∅ a minimizer; a non-positive one makes VVV a minimizer.
  2. (15.2) (p. 85): moving R(p)R(p)R(p) to the front of a consistent permutation gives a BFS y′y'y′ with yp′=upper(p)y'_p = \mathrm{upper}(p)yp′​=upper(p), yj′≥yjy'_j \ge y_jyj′​≥yj​ on R(p)R(p)R(p) and yj′≤yjy'_j \le y_jyj′​≤yj​ off R(p)R(p)R(p).
  3. The restriction claim (p. 85): f′(S)=f(S∪R(p))f'(S) = f(S \cup R(p))f′(S)=f(S∪R(p)) on V∖R(p)V \setminus R(p)V∖R(p) is submodular, Smin⁡∖R(p)S_{\min} \setminus R(p)Smin​∖R(p) minimizes it over the induced ring family, and y′y'y′ restricted to V∖R(p)V \setminus R(p)V∖R(p) lies in its base polyhedron.
  4. (15.3) (p. 85): y′(V∖R(p))<(n−n4)max⁡jyjy'(V \setminus R(p)) < (n - n^4) \max_j y_jy′(V∖R(p))<(n−n4)maxj​yj​.
  5. Lemma 77 (p. 84): if y∈B(f)y \in \mathcal B(f)y∈B(f) is non-degenerate and yi<−(n−1)max⁡jyjy_i < -(n-1)\max_j y_jyi​<−(n−1)maxj​yj​, then iii is in every minimizer over FA\mathcal F_AFA​.

The mission also contains Lemma 76 (the mirror of Lemma 77), Lemma 78 (lower(i)≤hi≤upper(i)\mathrm{lower}(i) \le h_i \le \mathrm{upper}(i)lower(i)≤hi​≤upper(i) for consistent BFS's) and Lemma 80 (the mirror of Lemma 79, giving an arc (q,p)(q, p)(q,p) with q∉Q(p)q \notin Q(p)q∈/Q(p) when lower(p)<n4min⁡jyj\mathrm{lower}(p) < n^4 \min_j y_jlower(p)<n4minj​yj​).

Significance

Lemmas 79 and 80 are what make the paper's SFM algorithms strongly polynomial: each application adds one of at most 2(n2)2\binom n22(2n​) arcs, and the cutting plane method supplies, through its separating hyperplanes, exactly the convex combinations of consistent BFS's the lemmas take as input. Lemma 80 has no counterpart in earlier work, and the two lemmas are stated for general ring families, which the earlier versions were not. They are also a robust version of Lemma 65: a point of the base polyhedron that is only approximately degenerate still yields structural information about every minimizer.

The lemmas are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements and proofs of the arc-adding step, in a form independent of the cutting plane machinery and reusable by any formalization of a ring-family SFM algorithm (Iwata–Fleischer–Fujishige, Orlin, or Lee–Sidford–Wong).

Difficulty

The inequality chain of each lemma is short; the work is in the combinatorics of permutations. Moving R(p)R(p)R(p) to the front of a permutation must be shown to produce a permutation again, and the comparison (15.2) depends on knowing exactly which elements precede each jjj before and after the move; the identity yp′=upper(p)y'_p = \mathrm{upper}(p)yp′​=upper(p) holds only because consistency puts all of R(p)−pR(p) - pR(p)−p before ppp, which needs an induction along paths of AAA. The restriction to V∖R(p)V \setminus R(p)V∖R(p) changes the ground set, so Lemma 77, stated on the full ground set, does not apply verbatim to the restricted problem. The paper's application of Lemma 77 also does not check that the restricted vector is non-degenerate, so that case has to be handled as well.

Formalization scope

The ground set is Fin n (0-based); sets are Finset (Fin n), fff is integer valued and vectors are real. A permutation σ : Equiv.Perm (Fin n) is a position map (uuu precedes vvv iff σ u < σ v), and the BFS of a permutation is defined by the formula of Theorem 62; Theorem 62 itself (that these are the vertices of B(f)\mathcal B(f)B(f)) is not formalized and not needed. Arcs are a relation on Fin n; RRR and QQQ use its reflexive-transitive closure, and the digraph is assumed acyclic, as the paper does. Minimizers in Lemmas 76–80 are over the ring family FA\mathcal F_AFA​; in Lemma 65 over all subsets. Constants n4n^4n4, n−1n - 1n−1 and n−n4n - n^4n−n4 are real numbers.

Running-time and oracle-count clauses ("using O(n⋅EO)O(n \cdot \mathrm{EO})O(n⋅EO) oracle calls and O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) time") are out of scope, as is the paper's main Theorem 31 and the bound O(n)O(n)O(n) on the number of BFS's in the combination (the existence claim holds for any finite combination). Validity of the new arc is stated in the strong form proved on p. 85: every minimizer containing ppp contains qqq. The page's base polyhedron constraint "∀S⊈V\forall S \not\subseteq V∀S⊆V" is read as S⊆VS \subseteq VS⊆V. The restricted base polyhedron in the restriction claim uses the normalized f′−f′(∅)f' - f'(\emptyset)f′−f′(∅).

The hypotheses are satisfiable: with n=2n = 2n=2, A=∅A = \emptysetA=∅, f({0})=f({1})=1000f(\{0\}) = f(\{1\}) = 1000f({0})=f({1})=1000, f(∅)=f(V)=0f(\emptyset) = f(V) = 0f(∅)=f(V)=0, the combination (12+164)(1000,−1000)+(12−164)(−1000,1000)(\tfrac12 + \tfrac1{64})(1000, -1000) + (\tfrac12 - \tfrac1{64})(-1000, 1000)(21​+641​)(1000,−1000)+(21​−641​)(−1000,1000) satisfies them for p=0p = 0p=0. A modular fff never does, so the goal is not vacuous only because fff is genuinely submodular; a formalization in which the BFS's are not tied to fff, or in which non-degeneracy is non-strict, would change the statement and is ruled out.

Useful infrastructure: greedy vectors of a submodular function lie in its base polyhedron; reordering lemmas for permutations of Fin n; restriction of a set function to the complement of a set. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of Lemmas 76, 78 and 80, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, S. C. Wong, A Faster Cutting Plane Method and its Implications for Combinatorial and Convex Optimization, arXiv:1508.04874v2, 2015; FOCS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1508.04874
  • M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver, The ellipsoid method and its consequences in combinatorial optimization, Combinatorica 1 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579273
  • A. Schrijver, A combinatorial algorithm minimizing submodular functions in strongly polynomial time, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 80 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1006/jctb.2000.1989
  • S. Iwata, L. Fleischer, S. Fujishige, A combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithm for minimizing submodular functions, J. ACM 48 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1145/502090.502096
  • J. B. Orlin, A faster strongly polynomial time algorithm for submodular function minimization, Math. Program. 118 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0189-2
  • S. T. McCormick, Submodular function minimization, Handbooks in OR & MS 12 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(05)12007-6
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets 2: Without Privacy Rights the Monopoly Equilibrium Has Three Breach-Cost Regimes and No Trade Once c ≥ 1 + δμ/(1 + δ)Research Paper

Motivation

Personal data lets a firm tailor its product to each customer, and the same data exposes the customer to the risk of a breach. The EU's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, 2018) and the California Consumer Privacy Act give consumers rights over that data. Data collection must be opted into separately from the purchase, and stored data must be erased on request. Ke and Sudhir (SSRN 3643979; Management Science 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4614) build a two-period model of a data-driven market to ask what these rights do to prices, purchases, profits and consumer surplus.

To isolate the effect of privacy rights, the paper needs the equilibrium of the same market without them. That equilibrium is its Proposition 2, the benchmark of §3.2. Every comparison in §3.3 (segmentation, prices, profit, consumer surplus, Corollaries 1–3) contrasts it with the equilibrium under privacy rights (Proposition 1, the companion mission of this series).

Setting

A monopolist sells a basic good over two periods. A unit mass of consumers has valuations vvv uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the outside option is worth 000 in each period. Firm and consumers discount the second period by δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1]. A consumer values a personalized good at (1+κ)v(1+\kappa)v(1+κ)v, where κ\kappaκ equals κL\kappa_LκL​ or κH\kappa_HκH​ with probability 1/21/21/2 each, κH>κL>0\kappa_H>\kappa_L>0κH​>κL​>0. She learns her κ\kappaκ only at the start of period 2, and the firm never observes it. Write

μ=κH+κL2,σ=κH−κL2.\mu=\frac{\kappa_H+\kappa_L}{2},\qquad \sigma=\frac{\kappa_H-\kappa_L}{2}.μ=2κH​+κL​​,σ=2κH​−κL​​.

The paper keeps Assumption 1, μ≥max⁡{(3+δ)σ, 12+(2+δ)σ}\mu\ge\max\{(3+\delta)\sigma,\ \tfrac12+(2+\delta)\sigma\}μ≥max{(3+δ)σ, 21​+(2+δ)σ}, throughout.

No privacy rights. A first-period purchase reveals vvv to the firm, and the consumer bears an expected breach cost c≥0c\ge0c≥0 in every period the firm holds her data. The data cannot be erased, so a first-period buyer bears ccc in period 2 as well, whatever she does then. In period 2 the firm offers each past buyer the personalized good at a price r(v)r(v)r(v) tailored to her valuation, and offers the basic good at a price p2p_2p2​ to those who did not buy in period 1. A non-buyer who buys the basic good in period 2 also bears ccc.

The firm chooses p1p_1p1​, then p2p_2p2​ as a function of p1p_1p1​, and r(v)r(v)r(v). Consumers choose whether to buy in period 1, anticipating the second-period prices. An equilibrium satisfies four conditions:

  1. r(v)r(v)r(v) maximizes the expected revenue from a past buyer of valuation vvv;
  2. after every first-period price, p2p_2p2​ maximizes second-period profit given who bought in period 1;
  3. after every first-period price, each consumer's first-period choice is optimal;
  4. p1p_1p1​ maximizes the firm's discounted profit over all real prices.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Let

T1=2−δ+2δσ2−δ+2δμ+2δσ,T2=1+δ1+δ μ.T_1=\frac{2-\delta+2\delta\sigma}{2-\delta+2\delta\mu+2\delta\sigma},\qquad T_2=1+\frac{\delta}{1+\delta}\,\mu .T1​=2−δ+2δμ+2δσ2−δ+2δσ​,T2​=1+1+δδ​μ.

Under the standing assumptions and Assumption 1 there is an equilibrium with the following outcome in each regime.

  • A, 0≤c≤T10\le c\le T_10≤c≤T1​: p1=P1Bp_1=P_1^Bp1​=P1B​. Consumers with v≥v‾1Bv\ge\overline v_1^Bv≥v1B​ buy in period 1 and then buy the personalized good at rMB(v)=(1+μ−σ)vr^B_M(v)=(1+\mu-\sigma)vrMB​(v)=(1+μ−σ)v. Those with v‾1B>v≥v‾1B\overline v_1^B>v\ge\underline v_1^Bv1B​>v≥v​1B​ buy only the basic good in period 2, at p2MB=[P1B+δ(1−σ)c]/(2−δ+2δσ)p^B_{2M}=[P_1^B+\delta(1-\sigma)c]/(2-\delta+2\delta\sigma)p2MB​=[P1B​+δ(1−σ)c]/(2−δ+2δσ). The rest never buy.
  • B, T1<c<T2T_1<c<T_2T1​<c<T2​: p1=P2Bp_1=P_2^Bp1​=P2B​. Consumers with v≥v2Bv\ge v_2^Bv≥v2B​ buy in period 1 and then buy the personalized good at (1+μ−σ)v(1+\mu-\sigma)v(1+μ−σ)v. Nobody else ever buys.
  • C, c≥T2c\ge T_2c≥T2​: nobody buys in either period.

The closed forms P1BP_1^BP1B​, v‾1B\overline v_1^Bv1B​, v‾1B\underline v_1^Bv​1B​, P2BP_2^BP2B​, v2Bv_2^Bv2B​ are the paper's (pp. 49–51).

Milestones

The appendix proof (pp. 48–51) supplies the steps, in order:

  1. the optimal personalized price rMB(v)=(1+κL)vr^B_M(v)=(1+\kappa_L)vrMB​(v)=(1+κL​)v;
  2. the second-period basic price (5), p2MB(p1)=(vMB(p1)−c)/2p^B_{2M}(p_1)=(v^B_M(p_1)-c)/2p2MB​(p1​)=(vMB​(p1​)−c)/2;
  3. the first-period threshold (6) and its fixed point with (5);
  4. the first-period price (7);
  5. the regime without second-period sales and its price (8);
  6. the conditions separating the regimes;
  7. the corner regime at p1=δ(σ−1)cp_1=\delta(\sigma-1)cp1​=δ(σ−1)c, which merges with (8) into P2BP_2^BP2B​, v2Bv_2^Bv2B​.

Significance

Proposition 2 describes how a data market behaves when the firm owns the data. A consumer who buys is locked in: the firm extracts the low type's full valuation of personalization, and both types keep buying. Consumers anticipate this hold-up, so first-period demand shrinks. Once c>T1c>T_1c>T1​, the firm no longer sells the basic good in period 2, and the market becomes "now or never". Once c≥T2c\ge T_2c≥T2​ it closes. The paper's comparisons of segmentation, prices, profit and consumer surplus with and without GDPR rights all start from these regimes.

Formalizing it gives the platform a two-period equilibrium with data lock-in. That equilibrium has its own fixed point: the consumers' threshold depends on the second-period price, and that price depends on the threshold. The result is proved in the paper, partly by first-order conditions ("It is easy to verify that the second-order optimality condition is satisfied"). It has not been machine-checked. Formalizing it also fixes a typo in eq. (7), which prints a stray κ\kappaκ in the numerator of P1BP_1^BP1B​.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is the paper's: guess threshold strategies, solve the first-order conditions, read off the regimes. Each step is calculus, but an equilibrium must hold at every history, not only along the guessed path. The solver must exhibit p2p_2p2​ and the consumers' choices after every first-period price, including prices at which nobody or everybody buys. It must show that the consumers' threshold and the firm's p2p_2p2​ are a fixed point at each such price. It must then prove that the firm's first-period price is a global maximizer of a piecewise objective with a kink at p1=δ(σ−1)cp_1=\delta(\sigma-1)cp1​=δ(σ−1)c. On each side of the kink the objective is a different quadratic, and on the far sides the threshold leaves [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The first-order conditions alone show none of this.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace GDPRDataMarkets.Benchmark. Its conventions:

  • Parameters. All quantities are real. The standing assumptions 0<κL<κH0<\kappa_L<\kappa_H0<κL​<κH​, 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1 and c≥0c\ge0c≥0 are Params.Standing, and Assumption 1 is Params.Assumption1. The goal carries both as hypotheses.
  • Consumers and κ. Masses are the Lebesgue measure of subsets of [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Expectations over κ\kappaκ are averages of the two types.
  • Ties. An indifferent consumer buys: the personalized good iff r(v)≤(1+κ)vr(v)\le(1+\kappa)vr(v)≤(1+κ)v, the basic good iff v−p2−c≥0v-p_2-c\ge0v−p2​−c≥0, and in period 1 the profile may choose either side at the single indifferent valuation.
  • Profits. The firm's profits are integrals and Lebesgue measures over the consumers' own choices. The paper's reduced closed forms appear only in the milestones.
  • Strategies. The firm's second-period price is a function of p1p_1p1​.
  • Existence only. Proposition 2 asserts existence of an equilibrium with the stated outcome, as the paper does; uniqueness is not posed.

A formalization in which the profits are the paper's closed forms rather than integrals over the consumers' optimal choices would make the goal calculus. So would one in which the second-period price or the consumers' choices are optimal only on the equilibrium path, or one that drops Assumption 1 or a bullet of the proposition. The statements here do none of these.

Assumption 1 enters the proof only through μ≥3σ−1\mu\ge3\sigma-1μ≥3σ−1 (p. 49), which makes (1+κL)v(1+\kappa_L)v(1+κL​)v the optimal personalized price. The milestone for that step assumes exactly this weaker condition.

Infrastructure needed: interval integrals of linear functions, Lebesgue measure of intervals, and maximization of concave quadratics. The equilibrium predicate is reusable for variants of this model, such as other breach-cost structures. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Tony Ke, K. Sudhir, Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets, SSRN working paper 3643979 (pdfTeX build 2022-09-14). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3643979
  • T. Tony Ke, K. Sudhir, Privacy Rights and Data Security: GDPR and Personal Data Markets, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4614
  • Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), Official Journal of the European Union L 119, 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels II: Closed-Form Mean and Variance of the Within-Radius Repositioning Trip Length, Increasing in R and Decreasing in rResearch Paper

Motivation

Mobile retail stalls (self-driving or driver-operated vending vehicles that move to customers who order through a phone app) are studied by Cao and Qi in Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels (Operations Research, 2022; the mission cites the authors' SSRN manuscript 3711896). A retailer partitions a city into service zones, one stall per zone, and must decide how densely to deploy stalls. That decision is made by continuous approximation: each zone is modelled as a small queueing system whose service time includes the stall's travel to the next customer. The mean and variance of that travel distance enter the Pollaczek–Khinchine waiting-time formula of an M/G/1 queue (the paper's equations (1a)–(2), p. 18), so closed forms for them are the input of the paper's whole deployment and pricing analysis (§4).

The paper considers two on-demand modes. In the door-to-door mode the stall drives to each customer's doorstep. In the within-radius mode each customer walks up to a distance rrr toward the stall, and the stall only moves until the two are rrr apart. This mission formalizes the travel-distance moments of both modes: Proposition 1 (door-to-door, p. 11) and Proposition 3 (within-radius, p. 18), whose proofs are in the paper's Appendix B (pp. 44–45 and 49–51).

Setting

All distances are Manhattan (ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​) distances (p. 9): ∣A−B∣=∣a1−b1∣+∣a2−b2∣|A-B| = |a_1-b_1| + |a_2-b_2|∣A−B∣=∣a1​−b1​∣+∣a2​−b2​∣. A service zone is a square rotated by 45∘45^\circ45∘, a diamond, of Euclidean edge length R>0R>0R>0; the paper sets R=R(ρ)=1/ρR = R(\rho) = 1/\sqrt\rhoR=R(ρ)=1/ρ​ for a stall density ρ\rhoρ (p. 11). In Manhattan coordinates centred at the zone's centre,

ZR={(x,y):∣x∣+∣y∣≤R/2},\mathcal Z_R = \{(x,y) : |x|+|y| \le R/\sqrt2\},ZR​={(x,y):∣x∣+∣y∣≤R/2​},

which has area R2R^2R2. Customers arrive uniformly on ZR\mathcal Z_RZR​.

Fix a walking radius 0≤r≤R/20\le r\le R/\sqrt20≤r≤R/2​. The inner diamond IR,r={∣x∣+∣y∣≤R/2−r}\mathcal I_{R,r} = \{|x|+|y|\le R/\sqrt2-r\}IR,r​={∣x∣+∣y∣≤R/2​−r} lies rrr inward from the boundary and has edge length R−2rR-\sqrt2 rR−2​r. The paper's model for the stall's position when a new customer arrives (proof of Proposition 3, p. 49) is: the stall AAA is uniform on IR,r\mathcal I_{R,r}IR,r​, the customer BBB is uniform on ZR\mathcal Z_RZR​, and the two are independent. The repositioning trip length is

Lr=max⁡{∣A−B∣−r, 0},L_r = \max\{|A-B| - r,\ 0\},Lr​=max{∣A−B∣−r, 0},

and L0′=∣A−B∣L_0' = |A-B|L0′​=∣A−B∣ denotes the untruncated distance. In the door-to-door case r=0r=0r=0, both points are uniform on the zone and L0=∣A−B∣L_0 = |A-B|L0​=∣A−B∣. The variance is Var⁡(Lr)=E[Lr2]−E[Lr]2\operatorname{Var}(L_r) = \mathbb E[L_r^2]-\mathbb E[L_r]^2Var(Lr​)=E[Lr2​]−E[Lr​]2.

The uniform law of the stall is the paper's Theorem 1 (the subject of the companion mission I), read in a continuum limit that the paper states informally (p. 17). This mission takes the uniform law as its model and does not depend on that limit.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 18)

For all R>0R>0R>0 and 0≤r≤R/20\le r\le R/\sqrt20≤r≤R/2​,

E[Lr]=72R3−22R2r+22Rr2+12r315R2,\mathbb E[L_r] = \frac{7\sqrt2R^3-22R^2r+2\sqrt2Rr^2+12r^3}{15R^2},E[Lr​]=15R272​R3−22R2r+22​Rr2+12r3​, Var⁡(Lr)=22R6−222R5r−1402R3r3+400R2r4−482Rr5−144r6225R4,\operatorname{Var}(L_r) = \frac{22R^6-22\sqrt2R^5r-140\sqrt2R^3r^3+400R^2r^4-48\sqrt2Rr^5-144r^6}{225R^4},Var(Lr​)=225R422R6−222​R5r−1402​R3r3+400R2r4−482​Rr5−144r6​,

and both are non-decreasing in RRR (on {R:r≤R/2}\{R : r\le R/\sqrt2\}{R:r≤R/2​}) and non-increasing in rrr (on [0,R/2][0,R/\sqrt2][0,R/2​]).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 11): E[L0]=72R/15\mathbb E[L_0] = 7\sqrt2R/15E[L0​]=72​R/15 and Var⁡(L0)=22R2/225\operatorname{Var}(L_0) = 22R^2/225Var(L0​)=22R2/225.
  2. E[L0′]=72R15−7r15+22r215R+2r315R2\mathbb E[L_0'] = \tfrac{7\sqrt2R}{15}-\tfrac{7r}{15}+\tfrac{2\sqrt2r^2}{15R}+\tfrac{2r^3}{15R^2}E[L0′​]=1572​R​−157r​+15R22​r2​+15R22r3​ (p. 49).
  3. P(L0′≤r)=2r2/R2\mathbb P(L_0'\le r) = 2r^2/R^2P(L0′​≤r)=2r2/R2 and E[L0′ 1{L0′≤r}]=23r⋅2r2/R2\mathbb E[L_0'\,\mathbf 1\{L_0'\le r\}] = \tfrac23r\cdot 2r^2/R^2E[L0′​1{L0′​≤r}]=32​r⋅2r2/R2 (p. 50).
  4. E[X2]=(R2−2Rr+r2)/6\mathbb E[X^2] = (R^2-\sqrt2Rr+r^2)/6E[X2]=(R2−2​Rr+r2)/6 for the horizontal component XXX of ∣A−B∣|A-B|∣A−B∣ (p. 50).
  5. E[(L0′)2]=(8R4−82R3r+7R2r2+r4)/(15R2)\mathbb E[(L_0')^2] = (8R^4-8\sqrt2R^3r+7R^2r^2+r^4)/(15R^2)E[(L0′​)2]=(8R4−82​R3r+7R2r2+r4)/(15R2) (p. 51).
  6. E[(L0′)2 1{L0′≤r}]=12r2⋅2r2/R2\mathbb E[(L_0')^2\,\mathbf 1\{L_0'\le r\}] = \tfrac12r^2\cdot 2r^2/R^2E[(L0′​)21{L0′​≤r}]=21​r2⋅2r2/R2 (p. 51).
  7. Proposition 3(I) and 8. Proposition 3(II) on their own.

A supporting theorem, E[XY]=(3R4−32R3r+2R2r2+r4)/(30R2)\mathbb E[XY] = (3R^4-3\sqrt2R^3r+2R^2r^2+r^4)/(30R^2)E[XY]=(3R4−32​R3r+2R2r2+r4)/(30R2) (p. 50), is posed as well.

Significance

The result. With Proposition 3 the service time of the within-radius mode has explicit first and second moments, so the M/G/1 waiting time, the stall's daily travel, and the profit density of §4 are explicit functions of (ρ,r)(\rho, r)(ρ,r). Part (III) is the qualitative content the paper calls the first effect of avoiding the "last 100 meters": a longer customer walk shortens the stall's repositioning, and a larger zone lengthens it. Proposition 1 is the r=0r=0r=0 benchmark against which that saving is measured.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper by direct integration; none is machine-checked. The proofs split the domain into several regions by the signs of coordinate differences and assert the values of the resulting polynomial integrals "by calculation". A formal proof checks every one of those integrals, the use of conditional expectations given the event {L0′≤r}\{L_0'\le r\}{L0′​≤r}, and the derivative signs behind part (III), which the paper states without verification on the whole range. The intermediate moments are useful on their own for other models with uniform demand on diamonds under the Manhattan metric.

Difficulty

The obvious route rotates the diamond by 45∘45^\circ45∘, where the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance becomes an ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ distance and the zone a square, and then integrates. For r=0r=0r=0 this works cleanly. For r>0r>0r>0 the stall's square is smaller than the customer's, and max⁡{⋅}\max\{\cdot\}max{⋅} of two coordinate differences over two squares of different sizes splits into many polynomial pieces. The paper instead stays in the original coordinates and splits into six regions for E[XY]\mathbb E[XY]E[XY]. Either way, the truncation at rrr is the delicate step: it requires that the whole ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ ball of radius rrr around the stall lies in the zone, which is exactly why the stall is confined to the inner diamond. Part (III) is not a consequence of (I) and (II) by inspection: the derivative in RRR of the mean vanishes at the boundary r=R/2r = R/\sqrt2r=R/2​, so the sign argument must be done on the closed range.

Formalization scope

Points are elements of ℝ × ℝ with Lebesgue measure. The definition StallEconomy.TripLength.Setting provides zone R, innerZone R r, the scale factor shrink R r = 1 − √2 r / R, the Manhattan distance l1, the trip length Lr r, the expectation E R r F, meanL R r and varL R r. The stall's uniform law is realised as A=s UA = s\,UA=sU with s=1−2r/R∈[0,1]s = 1-\sqrt2r/R \in [0,1]s=1−2​r/R∈[0,1] and UUU uniform on ZR\mathcal Z_RZR​, which is the uniform law on IR,r\mathcal I_{R,r}IR,r​; it covers the endpoint r=R/2r=R/\sqrt2r=R/2​, where the inner diamond is a single point, without dividing by (R−2r)2(R-\sqrt2r)^2(R−2​r)2. Thus

E[F(A,B)]=R−4∫ZR∫ZRF(s u,b) db du.\mathbb E[F(A,B)] = R^{-4}\int_{\mathcal Z_R}\int_{\mathcal Z_R} F(s\,u, b)\,db\,du.E[F(A,B)]=R−4∫ZR​​∫ZR​​F(su,b)dbdu.

Standing conventions and deviations from the page:

  • every statement assumes R>0R>0R>0, and the within-radius statements 0≤r≤R/20\le r\le R/\sqrt20≤r≤R/2​, the paper's range;
  • RRR is the edge length itself, not 1/ρ1/\sqrt\rho1/ρ​;
  • the conditional expectations given {L0′≤r}\{L_0'\le r\}{L0′​≤r} of pp. 50–51 are stated as truncated expectations E[ ⋅ 1{L0′≤r}]\mathbb E[\,\cdot\,\mathbf 1\{L_0'\le r\}]E[⋅1{L0′​≤r}], since the conditioning event has probability 000 at r=0r=0r=0;
  • the printed slips "P(L0>r)\mathbb P(L_0>r)P(L0​>r)" (p. 50, L0′L_0'L0′​ meant) and the conditioning event "L0′2≤rL_0'^2\le rL0′2​≤r" (p. 51, L0′≤rL_0'\le rL0′​≤r meant) are corrected;
  • "increasing/decreasing" in part (III) is weak monotonicity.

Formalizations that would trivialize the goal are ruled out: meanL and varL are integrals, not the closed forms; part (III) is stated about those integrals, not about the polynomials; and nothing is restricted to r=0r=0r=0 or to a fixed RRR.

A complete development needs iterated set integrals of piecewise polynomials over diamonds in ℝ × ℝ (Fubini on zone R, the change of variables u↦suu\mapsto suu↦su), and elementary calculus for part (III). Contributions of any of the moments, of a reusable lemma computing integrals of polynomials over diamonds, and of the monotonicity of the closed forms are all welcome. Proposition 2 of the paper, which is false as printed, is not claimed here.

Selected references

  • J. Cao and W. Qi, Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels, Operations Research, 2022 (articles in advance). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2022.2404 ; manuscript: SSRN 3711896, https://ssrn.com/abstract=3711896
  • G. F. Newell, Dispatching policies for a transportation route, Transportation Science 5(1) 91–105, 1971 (origin of continuous approximation). https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.5.1.91
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption II: A Self-Financing Consumer Access Fee Sustains Full Blockchain Adoption for Large Horizontal DifferentiationResearch Paper

Motivation

A permissioned blockchain is a shared ledger to which only approved participants may write. In supply chains it is proposed as a way to make product information (origin, quality, which supplier fulfilled an order) verifiable to buyers. Iyengar, Saleh, Sethuraman and Wang (SSRN 3602376; Management Science 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532) ask who gains from such adoption and who pays for it.

Their first main result (Proposition 4.8, the subject of the companion mission I) identifies an adoption failure: when products differ strongly in how well they match consumers' tastes, full adoption raises total welfare, yet no manufacturer adopts, because price competition leaves manufacturers no profit with which to recover the adoption cost while the information gain accrues to consumers. Their second main result, Proposition 4.9, the goal of this mission, shows that a simple self-financing mechanism removes the failure: charge consumers a fee for access to the blockchain's information and pass the proceeds to the manufacturers.

Setting

There are 4m4m4m manufacturers, m≥2m\ge 2m≥2. Manufacturer iii has a horizontal type qi∈{A,B}q_i\in\{A,B\}qi​∈{A,B} and a vertical type ξi∈{h,l}\xi_i\in\{h,l\}ξi​∈{h,l}; each of the four type classes has exactly mmm members. Joining the blockchain costs manufacturer iii an amount χi>0\chi_i>0χi​>0; ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}ai​∈{0,1} records the decision. A unit mass of consumers values a matching product at HHH and a mismatched one at LLL, with 0≤L<H0\le L<H0≤L<H, plus a vendor quality h>l≥0h>l\ge 0h>l≥0; the high-quality vendor has marginal cost γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. Each consumer kkk also has an outside option ϕk\phi_kϕk​, drawn from a continuous distribution GGG supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The parameter of interest is the horizontal differentiation Δ=H−L\Delta=H-LΔ=H−L; LLL is held fixed and H=L+ΔH=L+\DeltaH=L+Δ.

Under full adoption, a consumer who has access to the blockchain's information finds a best product utility Δ+L+h−γ\Delta+L+h-\gammaΔ+L+h−γ; without access, only Δ/2+L+h−γ\Delta/2+L+h-\gammaΔ/2+L+h−γ. A system of transfers (κ,{τi}i∈M)(\kappa,\{\tau_i\}_{i\in M})(κ,{τi​}i∈M​) charges each consumer who wants access a fee κ\kappaκ and pays manufacturer iii an amount τi≥0\tau_i\ge 0τi​≥0. A consumer pays (bk=1b_k=1bk​=1) when

max⁡{Δ+L+h−γ,ϕk}−κ ≥ max⁡{Δ2+L+h−γ,ϕk},\max\{\Delta+L+h-\gamma,\phi_k\}-\kappa\ \ge\ \max\Big\{\tfrac{\Delta}{2}+L+h-\gamma,\phi_k\Big\},max{Δ+L+h−γ,ϕk​}−κ ≥ max{2Δ​+L+h−γ,ϕk​},

and μκ\mu_\kappaμκ​ denotes the mass of paying consumers. The system is self-financing if

κ⋅μκ=∑i∈Mτi.(14)\kappa\cdot\mu_\kappa=\sum_{i\in M}\tau_i. \tag{14}κ⋅μκ​=i∈M∑​τi​.(14)

Manufacturer iii earns Π(ai,a−i)−χiai+τiai\Pi(a_i,a_{-i})-\chi_i a_i+\tau_i a_iΠ(ai​,a−i​)−χi​ai​+τi​ai​ (15), where the gross profit Π\PiΠ is zero because of price competition. The system overcomes adoption failures if full adoption (ai=1a_i=1ai​=1 for all iii) is an equilibrium of this game.

The proof of Proposition 4.9 uses the fee κ=∑iχi/G(ϕ)\kappa=\sum_i\chi_i/G(\phi)κ=∑i​χi​/G(ϕ) and the gain from access

h(ϕk;ϕ)=max⁡{Δ+L+h−γ,ϕk}−∑i∈MχiG(ϕ)−max⁡{Δ2+L+h−γ,ϕk}.h(\phi_k;\phi)=\max\{\Delta+L+h-\gamma,\phi_k\}-\frac{\sum_{i\in M}\chi_i}{G(\phi)}-\max\Big\{\frac{\Delta}{2}+L+h-\gamma,\phi_k\Big\}.h(ϕk​;ϕ)=max{Δ+L+h−γ,ϕk​}−G(ϕ)∑i∈M​χi​​−max{2Δ​+L+h−γ,ϕk​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.9 (p. 21)

∃ Δ0 ∀ Δ>Δ0 ∃ κ,{τi}:τi≥0,κ⋅μκ=∑i∈Mτi,a≡1 is an equilibrium of (15).\exists\,\Delta_0\ \forall\,\Delta>\Delta_0\ \exists\,\kappa,\{\tau_i\}:\quad \tau_i\ge 0,\quad \kappa\cdot\mu_\kappa=\sum_{i\in M}\tau_i,\quad a\equiv 1\ \text{is an equilibrium of (15)}.∃Δ0​ ∀Δ>Δ0​ ∃κ,{τi​}:τi​≥0,κ⋅μκ​=i∈M∑​τi​,a≡1 is an equilibrium of (15).

The goal asserts the existence of a working scheme, as printed; it does not fix the scheme.

Milestones: Lemma B.1 (p. 38)

(a) For Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0 and every ϕ\phiϕ, ϕk↦h(ϕk;ϕ)\phi_k\mapsto h(\phi_k;\phi)ϕk​↦h(ϕk​;ϕ) is continuous and weakly decreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

(b) For all sufficiently large Δ\DeltaΔ there is ϕ∗≥0\phi^*\ge 0ϕ∗≥0 with

h(ϕ∗;ϕ∗)=0,h(ϕk;ϕ∗)≥0  ⟺  ϕk≤ϕ∗(ϕk≥0),h(\phi^*;\phi^*)=0,\qquad h(\phi_k;\phi^*)\ge 0\iff \phi_k\le\phi^*\quad(\phi_k\ge 0),h(ϕ∗;ϕ∗)=0,h(ϕk​;ϕ∗)≥0⟺ϕk​≤ϕ∗(ϕk​≥0),

so that at the fee ∑iχi/G(ϕ∗)\sum_i\chi_i/G(\phi^*)∑i​χi​/G(ϕ∗) exactly the consumers with ϕk≤ϕ∗\phi_k\le\phi^*ϕk​≤ϕ∗ pay.

Significance

Proposition 4.9 is the constructive half of the paper's message: an adoption failure driven by the split between who bears the cost and who reaps the benefit can be repaired without outside funding, by a fee on the side that benefits. The paper's scheme (τi=χi\tau_i=\chi_iτi​=χi​, κ=∑iχi/G(ϕ∗)\kappa=\sum_i\chi_i/G(\phi^*)κ=∑i​χi​/G(ϕ∗)) exactly reimburses adoption costs and is financed by a threshold set of consumers; Lemma B.1(b) is the fixed-point statement that makes this calibration consistent.

The result is proved in the paper (App. A.2, pp. 36–38, and App. B, pp. 38–41). It has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces one: a formal model of the access-fee mechanism in the reduced form the paper's proofs use, the threshold lemma, and the main proposition. The goal can be attacked through Lemma B.1(b) as in the paper, or by any other scheme meeting the definition.

Difficulty

The calibration is circular: the fee depends on the mass of paying consumers, and the mass of paying consumers depends on the fee. Lemma B.1(b) resolves this with a one-dimensional fixed point h(ϕ∗;ϕ∗)=0h(\phi^*;\phi^*)=0h(ϕ∗;ϕ∗)=0, and the delicate points are positivity of GGG at the relevant arguments (so that the fee is finite), the three-piece shape of h(⋅;ϕ)h(\cdot;\phi)h(⋅;ϕ), and choosing Δ\DeltaΔ large enough that the sign change happens inside the strictly decreasing piece. For the goal, the point to check is that the self-financing identity uses the actual mass of payers at the chosen fee: a fee too high drives the payers' mass, and with it the revenue, towards zero.

Formalization scope

  • Reduced form. The paper's full model is a signal game with Bertrand pricing whose equilibrium concept is not defined precisely; its proofs work with the closed-form outcome of Proposition A.1. The formalization does the same: consumer utilities are those computed in the proof of 4.9 (Δ+L+h−γ\Delta+L+h-\gammaΔ+L+h−γ with access, Δ/2+L+h−γ\Delta/2+L+h-\gammaΔ/2+L+h−γ without), gross profit Π\PiΠ is the constant 000 in every profile (pp. 37–38, also for a deviating manufacturer), and "equilibrium" is a pure Nash equilibrium over unilateral switches of ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}ai​∈{0,1}. Signal accuracy is α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, as in the paper's main text.
  • Encoding. Manufacturers are Fin 2 × Bool × Fin m; adoption profiles are Bool-valued. GGG is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ for a measure μ on ℝ. Δ\DeltaΔ is an argument of every object, with H=L+ΔH=L+\DeltaH=L+Δ.
  • Standing assumptions (one predicate Model.Standing): m≥2m\ge 2m≥2, 0≤L0\le L0≤L, 0≤l<h0\le l<h0≤l<h, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, χi>0\chi_i>0χi​>0; μ\muμ a probability measure without atoms, μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0))=0μ((−∞,0))=0, and μ((a,b))>0\mu((a,b))>0μ((a,b))>0 for 0≤a<b0\le a<b0≤a<b (support [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)). No cost function clc_lcl​, no Assumption 1 and no finite mean are needed or assumed. Lemma B.1(a) additionally assumes Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0, the model's L<HL<HL<H.
  • Ties in the access decision go to paying, as in the proof's "bk=1b_k=1bk​=1 iff h≥0h\ge 0h≥0".
  • Ruled out. μκ\mu_\kappaμκ​ is the μ\muμ-measure of the paying consumers, not a free number in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the equilibrium predicate and Π\PiΠ are defined, not assumed; transfers are nonnegative; and no statement relies on Lean's value 000 for a division by G(ϕ)=0G(\phi)=0G(ϕ)=0.
  • Not formalized. The non-uniqueness clause of Lemma B.1(b) and Example B.1 (p. 40); the purchase-stage claims of the proof of 4.9 (market shares under transfers); Appendix C's symmetric-cost variant.
  • Infrastructure. Only Mathlib's measure theory and ProbabilityTheory.cdf; no new library is needed. Lemmas on CDFs of atomless, fully supported laws on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones and of the goal are welcome; the goal may be proved by any route.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, SSRN 3602376, version of 2022-08-19. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3602376
  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532
4 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Gathering Information before Negotiation II: Under a Uniform Prior and Linear Information Cost, the Seller's Expected Payoff Jumps Down at θs = 1 − θ̃, Up at c = c_l and Down at c = c_hResearch Paper

Motivation

In many trades the buyer does not know how much the good is worth to it, and can find out before negotiating: a firm commissions due diligence before an acquisition, a hospital pilots a device before negotiating its price, a household inspects a house before making an offer. Such information has two effects. It makes the trade decision better informed, which enlarges the total surplus, and it is paid for by the buyer alone, while the surplus it creates is shared through bargaining.

L. Guo, Gathering Information before Negotiation (SSRN 3930651; Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360), studies how this interaction shapes the seller's payoff. Its headline is a reversal: a seller with more bargaining power, or with a more valuable outside option, can be worse off, and a seller with a higher production cost can be better off. The reason is that the buyer's information choice reacts to these parameters, and the reaction can outweigh their direct effect. This mission formalizes that reversal for the paper's worked example, the uniform prior with a linear information cost.

Setting

A seller and a buyer negotiate over one unit of a good. The seller's cost is c∈(0,1)c\in(0,1)c∈(0,1). The buyer's value uuu is unknown to both parties; the common prior is the uniform distribution F(u)=uF(u)=uF(u)=u on [0,1][0,1][0,1], with mean u^=1/2\hat u=1/2u^=1/2. The bargaining powers are θb∈(0,1)\theta_b\in(0,1)θb​∈(0,1) for the buyer and θs=1−θb\theta_s=1-\theta_bθs​=1−θb​ for the seller.

Before negotiating, the buyer chooses an informativeness α∈[α‾,αˉ]\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]α∈[α​,αˉ], with 0<α‾<αˉ<10<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<10<α​<αˉ<1. It then observes a truth-or-noise signal www: with probability α\alphaα it equals uuu, and otherwise it is an independent draw from the prior. The buyer's posterior mean is v=αw+(1−α)u^v=\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv=αw+(1−α)u^. The information cost is linear,

k(α)=kˉ α−α‾αˉ−α‾,kˉ>0.k(\alpha)=\bar k\,\frac{\alpha-\underline\alpha}{\bar\alpha-\underline\alpha},\qquad \bar k>0 .k(α)=kˉαˉ−α​α−α​​,kˉ>0.

If v>cv>cv>c the parties trade and split the net surplus v−cv-cv−c in the proportions θs:θb\theta_s:\theta_bθs​:θb​; otherwise they do not trade. The total ex ante surplus is

A(α,c)=E[(v−c)+]=∫01max⁡{αw+1−α2−c,  0} dw,A(\alpha,c)=\mathbb E\big[(v-c)^+\big]=\int_0^1\max\Big\{\alpha w+\frac{1-\alpha}{2}-c,\;0\Big\}\,dw ,A(α,c)=E[(v−c)+]=∫01​max{αw+21−α​−c,0}dw,

and the buyer chooses α\alphaα to maximise

Ub(α)=θb A(α,c)−k(α).U_b(\alpha)=\theta_b\,A(\alpha,c)-k(\alpha).Ub​(α)=θb​A(α,c)−k(α).

The optimal set α∗\alpha^*α∗ is the set of maximisers of UbU_bUb​ on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ]. The seller's equilibrium expected payoff is

Us∗=θs A(α∗,c)(material cost),Vs∗=c+θs A(α∗,c)(opportunity cost).U_s^*=\theta_s\,A(\alpha^*,c)\quad\text{(material cost)},\qquad V_s^*=c+\theta_s\,A(\alpha^*,c)\quad\text{(opportunity cost)}.Us∗​=θs​A(α∗,c)(material cost),Vs∗​=c+θs​A(α∗,c)(opportunity cost).

Write Δ(c)=A(αˉ,c)−A(α‾,c)\Delta(c)=A(\bar\alpha,c)-A(\underline\alpha,c)Δ(c)=A(αˉ,c)−A(α​,c) for the surplus gain of maximal information, and θ~=kˉ/Δ(c)\tilde\theta=\bar k/\Delta(c)θ~=kˉ/Δ(c) when Δ(c)>kˉ\Delta(c)>\bar kΔ(c)>kˉ, θ~=1\tilde\theta=1θ~=1 otherwise. For fixed θb\theta_bθb​, the cost thresholds cl≤1/2≤chc_l\le 1/2\le c_hcl​≤1/2≤ch​ are the endpoints of the set of costs at which θbΔ(c)>kˉ\theta_b\Delta(c)>\bar kθb​Δ(c)>kˉ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 14), uniform prior

For every selection of optimal information levels:

  1. θs↦Us∗\theta_s\mapsto U_s^*θs​↦Us∗​ and θs↦Vs∗\theta_s\mapsto V_s^*θs​↦Vs∗​ are nondecreasing on (0,1−θ~)(0,1-\tilde\theta)(0,1−θ~) and on (1−θ~,1)(1-\tilde\theta,1)(1−θ~,1), and, if θ~<1\tilde\theta<1θ~<1, drop strictly at θs=1−θ~\theta_s=1-\tilde\thetaθs​=1−θ~;
  2. c↦Us∗c\mapsto U_s^*c↦Us∗​ is nonincreasing on (0,cl)(0,c_l)(0,cl​) and on (cl,1)(c_l,1)(cl​,1), and, if cl<chc_l<c_hcl​<ch​, jumps up strictly at c=clc=c_lc=cl​;
  3. c↦Vs∗c\mapsto V_s^*c↦Vs∗​ is nondecreasing on (0,ch)(0,c_h)(0,ch​) and on (ch,1)(c_h,1)(ch​,1), and, if cl<chc_l<c_hcl​<ch​, drops strictly at c=chc=c_hc=ch​.

A drop at t0t_0t0​ means: for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, every value just to the right of t0t_0t0​ is strictly below every value just to the left.

Milestones

A(α,c)={max⁡{1/2−c,0},α≤∣1−2c∣,[(1+α)/2−c]2/(2α),α≥∣1−2c∣,A(\alpha,c)=\begin{cases}\max\{1/2-c,0\},&\alpha\le|1-2c|,\\ [(1+\alpha)/2-c]^2/(2\alpha),&\alpha\ge|1-2c|,\end{cases}A(α,c)={max{1/2−c,0},[(1+α)/2−c]2/(2α),​α≤∣1−2c∣,α≥∣1−2c∣,​

the uniform display of p. 13. The proof of Corollary 1 (p. 30) then contributes three steps: A(⋅,c)A(\cdot,c)A(⋅,c) is constant and then increasing, and convex; the optimum is a corner, α∗∈{α‾,αˉ}\alpha^*\in\{\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha\}α∗∈{α​,αˉ}; and Δ\DeltaΔ vanishes for extreme costs, rises and then falls in ccc, and peaks at Δ(1/2)=(αˉ−α‾)/8\Delta(1/2)=(\bar\alpha-\underline\alpha)/8Δ(1/2)=(αˉ−α​)/8. Corollary 1 (p. 13) gives the two threshold rules: (i) α∗=α‾\alpha^*=\underline\alphaα∗=α​ for θb≤θ~\theta_b\le\tilde\thetaθb​≤θ~ and α∗=αˉ\alpha^*=\bar\alphaα∗=αˉ for θb>θ~\theta_b>\tilde\thetaθb​>θ~; (ii) α∗=αˉ\alpha^*=\bar\alphaα∗=αˉ exactly for cl<c<chc_l<c<c_hcl​<c<ch​.

Significance

The result. Without information acquisition, the seller's payoff is increasing in its bargaining power and in its outside option and decreasing in its material cost: these are the direct effects. Proposition 2 shows that each of them can be reversed by a discontinuous jump. The mechanism is that the buyer stops gathering information when its own share of the surplus becomes too small (high θs\theta_sθs​) or the trade decision becomes clear-cut (extreme ccc). The result bears on when a seller should prefer to commit to a weaker bargaining position, and on why cost increases need not hurt a seller facing an uninformed buyer.

Formalizing it. The paper calls Proposition 2 an immediate consequence of Corollary 1. That corollary rests on a short appendix argument whose printed version contains slips: the peak of Δ\DeltaΔ is printed as θb(αˉ−α‾)/8\theta_b(\bar\alpha-\underline\alpha)/8θb​(αˉ−α​)/8, strictness is claimed on a closed interval at whose endpoints Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0, and "α∗∈{α‾,αˉ}\alpha^*\in\{\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha\}α∗∈{α​,αˉ}" fails at c=1/2c=1/2c=1/2 when the two corners tie. A machine-checked development settles exactly which form of each claim is true. The result has been proved informally in the paper; it has not been formalized before.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats α∗\alpha^*α∗ as a function and differentiates Us∗U_s^*Us∗​. That does not work here. At the thresholds α∗\alpha^*α∗ is not single-valued, and between them it is constant, so the whole content lies in the jumps. A jump statement must hold whichever optimal level is selected at each parameter, and it must compare values on both sides of a threshold whose location depends on Δ\DeltaΔ. Showing that the thresholds are well placed requires the inverted-U shape of Δ\DeltaΔ, which comes from an explicit but piecewise integral. The corner property needs convexity of AAA across the kink at α=∣1−2c∣\alpha=|1-2c|α=∣1−2c∣, where the two branches of the closed form meet.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers. AAA is the interval integral over the uniform prior after the change of variables v=αw+(1−α)u^v=\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv=αw+(1−α)u^; no density is assumed. The bargaining stage is not modelled; the payoffs are the paper's reduced forms (6) and θsA(α∗,c)\theta_sA(\alpha^*,c)θs​A(α∗,c). Conventions: c∈(0,1)c\in(0,1)c∈(0,1) (the paper's c∈(u‾,uˉ)c\in(\underline u,\bar u)c∈(u​,uˉ)); θb,θs∈(0,1)\theta_b,\theta_s\in(0,1)θb​,θs​∈(0,1) with θs=1−θb\theta_s=1-\theta_bθs​=1−θb​; [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] non-degenerate; θ~=1\tilde\theta=1θ~=1 when Δ(c)≤kˉ\Delta(c)\le\bar kΔ(c)≤kˉ, which avoids kˉ/0\bar k/0kˉ/0 and keeps θ~∈(0,1]\tilde\theta\in(0,1]θ~∈(0,1]. Monotonicity is claimed on each side of the jump point, open at that point (and across the other cost threshold), and the jump whenever the threshold is interior. In (ii) and (iii), cl≤1/2≤chc_l\le1/2\le c_hcl​≤1/2≤ch​ are assumed to satisfy "cl<c<chc_l<c<c_hcl​<c<ch​ iff θbΔ(c)>kˉ\theta_b\Delta(c)>\bar kθb​Δ(c)>kˉ" for all c∈(0,1)c\in(0,1)c∈(0,1), which determines them; when the buyer never gathers information this forces cl=ch=1/2c_l=c_h=1/2cl​=ch​=1/2.

The paper states Corollary 1 and Proposition 2 for four focal priors (uniform, exponential, logistic, modified Pareto) but works out only the uniform one. This mission is pinned to the uniform prior and the linear cost.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: AAA is not defined by its closed form (that closed form is a milestone), α∗\alpha^*α∗ is the set of maximisers of UbU_bUb​ and not a threshold rule, and the goal quantifies over every selection from that set, so neither Corollary 1 nor Proposition 2 holds by definition.

A complete development needs piecewise interval integrals of max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot,0\}max{⋅,0}, convexity of a function with a C1C^1C1 junction, and the fact that a convex function on a segment attains its maximum at an endpoint. All of these are general facts, reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome; Proposition 3 and the other priors are not posed here.

Selected references

  • L. Guo, Gathering Information before Negotiation, SSRN 3930651, manuscript of 15 Feb 2022. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3930651
  • L. Guo, Gathering Information before Negotiation, Management Science (journal version of the manuscript above; its theorem numbering is not used here). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 6: For Identical Loss-Neutral Substitutes the Optimal Policy Is Cyclic If the Single-Price Policy Is, and Under (26) Even If NotResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail prices are rarely constant over long horizons: promotions, high–low cycles and staggered discounts across similar items are the norm. One explanation in the pricing literature is the reference effect: consumers compare a posted price with a reference price formed from past prices, and react to gains and losses relative to it. Single-product models with reference effects (Popescu and Wu 2007; Hu, Chen and Hu 2016) predict that, for consumers who react symmetrically to gains and losses, the optimal price usually settles to a constant. Guo, Jiang and Shen (SSRN 4189049, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025) study the same question for several substitutable products sold under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand. Their §4.3 shows that pricing substitutes jointly, rather than at one common price, makes cyclic optimal pricing more likely. This mission formalizes that comparison, Theorem 7, together with the results the paper ties it to.

Setting

A seller offers n≥2n\ge2n≥2 products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} over periods t=0,1,2,…t=0,1,2,\dotst=0,1,2,…. In period ttt product iii has price pitp_i^tpit​ and reference price ritr_i^trit​, both in P=[0,pH]\mathcal P=[0,p_H]P=[0,pH​] with pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. Reference prices follow exponential smoothing rt+1=αrt+(1−α)ptr^{t+1}=\alpha r^t+(1-\alpha)p^trt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1].

The deterministic utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(p,r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

with bi>0b_i>0bi​>0 and ci±≥0c_i^\pm\ge0ci±​≥0. The market share is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑keuk)q_i(p,r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_k e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k​euk​) and the period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑ipi qi(p,r)\Pi(p,r)=\sum_i p_i\,q_i(p,r)Π(p,r)=∑i​pi​qi​(p,r). Product iii is loss-neutral when ci+=ci−=:cic_i^+=c_i^-=:c_ici+​=ci−​=:ci​. The seller maximises ∑tβtΠ(pt,rt)\sum_t\beta^t\Pi(p^t,r^t)∑t​βtΠ(pt,rt) with discount β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1); V⋆(r0)V^\star(r^0)V⋆(r0) is the optimal value. The myopic policy pm(r)p^m(r)pm(r) maximises Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn. Throughout, the paper assumes pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ solves its equation (9); this makes the ceiling inactive for the myopic problem.

A policy has a steady state xxx if it maps reference xxx to price xxx. An optimal steady state (Definition 4) is a steady state of an optimal policy, and a policy is cyclic when it has no steady state.

§4.3 takes nnn perfect substitutes: ai=aa_i=aai​=a, bi=bb_i=bbi​=b, ci=cc_i=cci​=c for all iii, loss-neutral. The single-product-based policy psp^sps solves the problem (25) restricted to one common price yt1y^t\mathbf 1yt1 for all products, from a uniform reference rt1r^t\mathbf 1rt1. The common myopic steady state pm⋆=Πm⋆+1/(b+c)p^{m\star}=\Pi^{m\star}+1/(b+c)pm⋆=Πm⋆+1/(b+c) comes from Corollary 2, where Πm⋆\Pi^{m\star}Πm⋆ solves Π=nb+cea−bΠ−b/(b+c)\Pi=\frac{n}{b+c}e^{a-b\Pi-b/(b+c)}Π=b+cn​ea−bΠ−b/(b+c). The constants are

ζ1=ea+log⁡n+c pm⋆,ζ2=2αb+c(α+1)(αb+c)(b+c),κ=1−β1−αβ.\zeta_1=e^{a+\log n+c\,p^{m\star}},\quad \zeta_2=\frac{2\alpha b+c(\alpha+1)}{(\alpha b+c)(b+c)},\quad \kappa=\frac{1-\beta}{1-\alpha\beta}.ζ1​=ea+logn+cpm⋆,ζ2​=(αb+c)(b+c)2αb+c(α+1)​,κ=1−αβ1−β​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 25)

For identical loss-neutral products with n≥2n\ge2n≥2:

  1. if psp^sps has no steady state, the optimal policy has no steady state;
  2. if
pH[1−ζ1e−(b+c)pH]−ζ1ζ2e−(b+c)pH≤ζ2(26a)p_H\big[1-\zeta_1e^{-(b+c)p_H}\big]-\zeta_1\zeta_2e^{-(b+c)p_H}\le\zeta_2 \quad(26a)pH​[1−ζ1​e−(b+c)pH​]−ζ1​ζ2​e−(b+c)pH​≤ζ2​(26a)

and

[(1−κ)2+β(1−ακ)2]c2−(1+βα2)(b+cκ)2≥(b+c)2+β(αb+c)2n−1(26b)\big[(1-\kappa)^2+\beta(1-\alpha\kappa)^2\big]c^2-(1+\beta\alpha^2)(b+c\kappa)^2\ge\frac{(b+c)^2+\beta(\alpha b+c)^2}{n-1}\quad(26b)[(1−κ)2+β(1−ακ)2]c2−(1+βα2)(b+cκ)2≥n−1(b+c)2+β(αb+c)2​(26b)

hold, then psp^sps has a steady state and the optimal policy has none.

Milestones

  • Corollary 2 (p. 16): for loss-neutral products, the myopic policy has the unique steady state pim⋆=Πm⋆+1/(bi+ci)p_i^{m\star}=\Pi^{m\star}+1/(b_i+c_i)pim⋆​=Πm⋆+1/(bi​+ci​), with Πm⋆\Pi^{m\star}Πm⋆ the unique root of (18). This is where pm⋆p^{m\star}pm⋆ and ζ1\zeta_1ζ1​ come from.
  • Corollary 4 (p. 23): a loss-neutral optimal steady state, if it exists, is unique and equals Π⋆⋆+1/(bi+ciκ)\Pi^{\star\star}+1/(b_i+c_i\kappa)Π⋆⋆+1/(bi​+ci​κ), with Π⋆⋆\Pi^{\star\star}Π⋆⋆ the unique root of (24).
  • Remark 3 (p. 26): if both psp^sps and the optimal policy have steady states, they coincide.
  • Remark 4 (p. 27): for loss-neutral products with possibly different parameters, the condition ∃i: κi,1−κi,2>(2κi,1−κi,2) qi(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)\exists i:\ \kappa_{i,1}-\kappa_{i,2}>(2\kappa_{i,1}-\kappa_{i,2})\,q_i(p^{\star\star},p^{\star\star})∃i: κi,1​−κi,2​>(2κi,1​−κi,2​)qi​(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆) (28) rules out an optimal steady state. For identical products, qi(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)<1/nq_i(p^{\star\star},p^{\star\star})<1/nqi​(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)<1/n, and (26b) yields (28).

Significance

Theorem 7 separates two models that coincide in their steady states (Remark 3) but differ in whether a steady state exists. Joint pricing can sustain asynchronous cycles, in which some substitutes are discounted while others are not, and these keep total purchase probability high. A single common price can only cycle synchronously. Part 1 says the multi-product optimum never settles when the single-price one does not. Part 2 gives explicit parameter regions, strong reference effects (large ccc), short memory (small α\alphaα) and patient sellers (large β\betaβ), where the single-price model predicts a constant price but the true optimum is cyclic. Practically, a retailer who prices similar items at one price can misjudge whether long-run promotions are optimal at all.

The paper's proofs are in its online supplement (Appendix C.6), which is not part of the source file used for this mission. To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would check the inequality algebra behind (26)–(28) and pin down exactly what "the optimal policy is cyclic" means when optimal policies need not be unique.

Difficulty

The statements compare two infinite-horizon problems, each with a continuous state, through the existence of fixed points of their optimal policies. Neither problem has a closed-form value function. A steady state is optimal only if no deviation, however long, improves on the constant path, so ruling it out requires a profitable deviation, and establishing it for psp^sps requires a global optimality argument for (25). Stationarity conditions at a steady state only produce candidates (Corollaries 2 and 4); they do not decide whether a candidate is optimal, so the obvious argument stops exactly where the theorem starts. The revenue Π\PiΠ is not concave in prices, the reference dynamics couple all periods, and the comparison must hold uniformly over every optimal policy, not one computed policy.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n (index i−1i-1i−1 for the paper's product iii), and parameters are functions Fin n → ℝ; the identical-products results use constant functions of scalars a,b,ca,b,ca,b,c. The market share (3) is defined directly, without the Gumbel derivation. V⋆V^\starV⋆ is the supremum of the discounted revenue over all price sequences in [0,pH]n[0,p_H]^n[0,pH​]n, and the single-price value is the supremum over uniform sequences yt1y^t\mathbf 1yt1 from a uniform reference. Steady states are in sequence form: xxx is an optimal steady state when the constant path xxx from reference xxx attains V⋆(x)V^\star(x)V⋆(x), and similarly for psp^sps. "Cyclic" is the universal statement that no point is a steady state. A myopic policy is any maximising selection, and every statement about it quantifies over all selections.

Standing hypotheses in every theorem: b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1), pH>0p_H>0pH​>0, and pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​ stated as "some root of (9) is at most pHp_HpH​". Added hypotheses: n≥2n\ge2n≥2 (the setting of §4.3); αb+c>0\alpha b+c>0αb+c>0 in Theorem 7.2, so that ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​ is defined (it excludes only α=c=0\alpha=c=0α=c=0, where (26b) fails anyway); α<1\alpha<1α<1 for the limit claims of Corollary 2 (at α=1\alpha=1α=1 the reference never moves). Quantities the paper calls "the unique solution" are bound as variables solving their equation, never chosen. Remark 4 evaluates (28) at the candidate p⋆⋆p^{\star\star}p⋆⋆ of Corollary 4, because the conclusion is that no optimal steady state exists.

A trivial formalization is ruled out: "cyclic" may not be read as a statement about one chosen policy or one initial reference price, and the single-price problem may not be replaced by the n=1n=1n=1 problem, since it keeps all nnn products and the shared MNL denominator.

A complete development needs: summability and boundedness of discounted revenue, the Bellman characterisation of steady states, analysis of the myopic MNL problem (Theorems 1–2 of the paper), and the second-order analysis behind (28). The MNL revenue lemmas and the sequence-form steady-state calculus are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the parts of Theorem 7 separately, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0352
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1446
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, 1974.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Lightning Network Economics: Topology III: With Power-Law Channel-Cost Tails, a Random Lightning Network Is Hermetizable with High ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

The Lightning Network is a payment layer built on top of Bitcoin: pairs of participants lock funds in a bilateral payment channel and then exchange payments off-chain, settling on the blockchain only occasionally. Keeping a channel open costs money, because it ties up capital and needs periodic rebalancing, and Guasoni, Huberman and Shikhelman (Lightning Network Economics: Channels, 2022, cited in the paper as [GHS22]) showed that this recurring cost depends on the channel's net flow and grows less than proportionally with it. Which network topology a population of payers and payees should use is therefore an economic question about subadditive costs on graphs.

Lightning Network Economics: Topology (SSRN 4439190; published version in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.03872) answers this question in an axiomatic model. Its §3.2 introduces hermetization, which replaces the channels inside a group of nodes by channels to a new hub, and asks when this reduces cost. Theorem 3.8 gives a deterministic sufficient condition, a large average degree compared with the spread of channel sizes. Theorem 3.9, the subject of this mission, shows that the condition is typical: if channel sizes are random with thin, power-law-bounded cost tails, the network is hermetizable with high probability. The paper reads this as "cost reduction is the norm, not the exception", which is the economic argument for hubs in payment-channel networks.

Setting

Nodes form a finite set VVV. A Lightning Network (LN) is an anti-symmetric real matrix Λ=(λi,j)i,j∈V\Lambda=(\lambda_{i,j})_{i,j\in V}Λ=(λi,j​)i,j∈V​, λi,j=−λj,i\lambda_{i,j}=-\lambda_{j,i}λi,j​=−λj,i​, of net channel flows; λi,j=0\lambda_{i,j}=0λi,j​=0 means there is no channel between iii and jjj. A channel cost is a function c:R→R+c:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R_+c:R→R+​ with

  • (MO) c(x)>c(y)c(x)>c(y)c(x)>c(y) for x>y≥0x>y\ge 0x>y≥0; (SY) c(−x)=c(x)c(-x)=c(x)c(−x)=c(x); (CI) c(0)=0c(0)=0c(0)=0;
  • (SA) c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y) for x,y>0x,y>0x,y>0;
  • (SA+) for a strictly increasing g+:R+→R+g_+:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R_+g+​:R+​→R+​, c(kx)<kg+(k)c(x)c(kx)<\dfrac{k}{g_+(k)}c(x)c(kx)<g+​(k)k​c(x) for k>1k>1k>1, x>0x>0x>0.

The cost of the network is c(G)=12∑i,jc(λi,j)c(G)=\tfrac12\sum_{i,j}c(\lambda_{i,j})c(G)=21​∑i,j​c(λi,j​). For a node iii, d(i)d(i)d(i) is its number of channels, s(i)s(i)s(i) the smallest and S(i)S(i)S(i) the largest ∣λi,j∣|\lambda_{i,j}|∣λi,j​∣ over its channels.

The hermetization of a set of nodes UUU deletes all channels inside UUU, adds a new node v0v_0v0​, and joins each i∈Ui\in Ui∈U to v0v_0v0​ by a channel carrying ∑j∈Uλi,j\sum_{j\in U}\lambda_{i,j}∑j∈U​λi,j​, its net flow towards the rest of UUU. The set UUU is hermetizable if this strictly lowers the cost, and the LN is hermetizable if some UUU is.

In the random model a simple graph EEE on VVV fixes the channels, so d(i)d(i)d(i) is the degree of iii in EEE and is not random. On a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,\mathbb P)(Ω,P), the flows λi,j(ω)\lambda_{i,j}(\omega)λi,j​(ω) are random variables, nonzero exactly on the channels of EEE, and Λ(ω)\Lambda(\omega)Λ(ω) is an LN for every ω\omegaω.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9

Let a>1a>1a>1, b>0b>0b>0, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. There is k>0k>0k>0, depending only on (a,b,ε)(a,b,\varepsilon)(a,b,ε), such that for every finite EEE with at least one channel, every c,g+c,g_+c,g+​ satisfying (MO)–(SA+), and every random LN with, for all channels ij∈Eij\in Eij∈E,

(i)  P(c(λi,j)>x)<b x−a  (x>0),(ii)  P(c(λi,j)>ε)=1,\text{(i)}\ \ \mathbb P\big(c(\lambda_{i,j})>x\big)<b\,x^{-a}\ \ (x>0),\qquad \text{(ii)}\ \ \mathbb P\big(c(\lambda_{i,j})>\varepsilon\big)=1,(i)  P(c(λi,j​)>x)<bx−a  (x>0),(ii)  P(c(λi,j​)>ε)=1,

the LN is hermetizable with probability at least

1−k∑i∈Vd(i) (g+(d(i)))−a.1-k\sum_{i\in V}d(i)\,\big(g_+(d(i))\big)^{-a}.1−ki∈V∑​d(i)(g+​(d(i)))−a.

The constant is not fixed: any kkk uniform in the network and in c,g+c,g_+c,g+​ is a proof of the goal.

Milestones

  1. Lemma B.1. If every iii in a nonempty set UUU has a channel in UUU and g+(dU(i))>2c(SU(i))/c(sU(i))g_+(d_U(i))>2c(S_U(i))/c(s_U(i))g+​(dU​(i))>2c(SU​(i))/c(sU​(i)), with degrees and sizes in the subnetwork induced on UUU, then UUU is hermetizable.
  2. (8)–(10). P(hermetizable)≥1−∑i: d(i)≥1P(g+(d(i))≤2c(S(i))/c(s(i)))\mathbb P(\text{hermetizable})\ge 1-\sum_{i:\,d(i)\ge1}\mathbb P\big(g_+(d(i))\le 2c(S(i))/c(s(i))\big)P(hermetizable)≥1−∑i:d(i)≥1​P(g+​(d(i))≤2c(S(i))/c(s(i))).
  3. (11). Under (ii), P(g+(d(i))≤2c(S(i))/c(s(i)))≤P(ε2g+(d(i))≤c(S(i)))\mathbb P\big(g_+(d(i))\le 2c(S(i))/c(s(i))\big)\le\mathbb P\big(\tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}g_+(d(i))\le c(S(i))\big)P(g+​(d(i))≤2c(S(i))/c(s(i)))≤P(2ε​g+​(d(i))≤c(S(i))) for d(i)≥1d(i)\ge1d(i)≥1.
  4. (12)–(13). Under (i), P(c(S(i))≥x)≤d(i) b x−a\mathbb P\big(c(S(i))\ge x\big)\le d(i)\,b\,x^{-a}P(c(S(i))≥x)≤d(i)bx−a for every x>0x>0x>0.

The paper closes with "for some constant kkk, P(c(S(i))≥ε2g+(d(i)))≤k d(i) (g+(d(i)))−a\mathbb P\big(c(S(i))\ge\tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}g_+(d(i))\big)\le k\,d(i)\,(g_+(d(i)))^{-a}P(c(S(i))≥2ε​g+​(d(i)))≤kd(i)(g+​(d(i)))−a, whence the claim."

Significance

The theorem turns the deterministic criterion of Lemma B.1 into a statement about typical networks. When degrees grow, g+(d)−ag_+(d)^{-a}g+​(d)−a decays, and the probability that no hub can reduce cost vanishes for any law with a power-bounded cost tail and a positive cost floor. This is the paper's evidence that hub-and-spoke structures are the economically stable outcome; the companion results of the paper (Theorem 3.1 on local restructuring, Theorem 3.10 on the star topology) are treated in sibling missions of this series.

The result is proved in the paper, in about half a page. It has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it makes the quantifier structure explicit, in particular that kkk does not depend on the network, settles the boundary cases the paper leaves implicit, and records corrected forms of two axioms that are unsatisfiable as printed. Lemma B.1 is shared with the mission on Theorem 3.8.

Difficulty

The probabilistic estimates are elementary; the obstacles are in the bookkeeping. Lemma B.1 compares two costs on different node sets (the hermetized network has one more node), and its degrees and channel sizes must be read in the subnetwork induced on UUU; with the degrees of the whole network the lemma is false. To apply it to a random network one must choose UUU: the set of all nodes fails when some node is isolated, because s(i)s(i)s(i) is then undefined. The step from the strict tail P(c>x)\mathbb P(c>x)P(c>x) of (i) to the weak tail P(c≥x)\mathbb P(c\ge x)P(c≥x) used in (12)–(13) is a limit the paper does not write out. The inverse g+−1g_+^{-1}g+−1​ that the paper uses need not exist, since g+g_+g+​ is not assumed onto.

Formalization scope

Nodes are an arbitrary finite type V; the LN is Λ : V → V → ℝ, anti-symmetric; the channel graph is E : SimpleGraph V, with λi,j(ω)≠0  ⟺  ij∈E\lambda_{i,j}(\omega)\ne0\iff ij\in Eλi,j​(ω)=0⟺ij∈E for every ω\omegaω, and d(i)d(i)d(i) is E.degree i. The cost is the 12∑i,j\tfrac12\sum_{i,j}21​∑i,j​ form. The hub v0v_0v0​ of a hermetization is none : Option V. Probabilities are toReal of a probability measure, and events are not assumed measurable. Each λi,j\lambda_{i,j}λi,j​ is assumed measurable in the goal. The conventions committed to:

  • (SA) is used for all x,y>0x,y>0x,y>0: as printed ("for x>y≥0x>y\ge0x>y≥0") it demands c(x)<c(x)c(x)<c(x)c(x)<c(x) at y=0y=0y=0. The corrected range is the one Appendix D verifies.
  • (SA+) is used for k>1k>1k>1, x>0x>0x>0: as printed (k∈R+k\in\mathbb R_+k∈R+​) it fails at x=0x=0x=0, and for k≤1k\le1k≤1 even for the paper's own example.
  • Every condition d>g+−1(y)d>g_+^{-1}(y)d>g+−1​(y) is written g+(d)>yg_+(d)>yg+​(d)>y.
  • In Lemma B.1, ddd, sss, SSS are those of the subnetwork induced on UUU; UUU is nonempty and each i∈Ui\in Ui∈U has a channel in UUU. For a node without a channel, sss and SSS take the junk value 000, which no statement uses.
  • The constants a,b,εa,b,\varepsilona,b,ε are common to all channels. Neither independence nor identical distribution of the flows is assumed: the theorem's hypotheses are only (i) and (ii).
  • The goal assumes at least one channel. With none, the printed bound is 111 but the cost 000 cannot be reduced.

The following formalizations are trivializing and are ruled out: a kkk allowed to depend on VVV, EEE, P\mathbb PP, Λ\LambdaΛ, ccc or g+g_+g+​ (take kkk large enough that the bound is ≤0\le0≤0); a specific law, such as a Pareto law, or a specific cost such as c(x)=∣x∣c(x)=\sqrt{|x|}c(x)=∣x∣​; replacing "the LN is hermetizable" by the event that every node satisfies Lemma B.1's inequality; an empty channel set; and the printed, unsatisfiable (SA) or (SA+), under which every statement is vacuous.

The development needs finite sums over Option V, a min/max over a node's channels, and union bounds for outer measures (Mathlib's measure_biUnion_finset_le). Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof that the corrected axioms are satisfiable by c(x)=∣x∣c(x)=\sqrt{|x|}c(x)=∣x∣​, g+(k)=k1/4g_+(k)=k^{1/4}g+​(k)=k1/4, and a reusable statement of Lemma B.1 for the series.

Selected references

  • P. Guasoni, G. Huberman, C. Shikhelman, Lightning Network Economics: Topology, SSRN working paper 4439190, version of February 3, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4439190 ; published in Management Science, 2024, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03872
  • P. Guasoni, G. Huberman, C. Shikhelman, Lightning Network Economics: Channels, 2022 (cited in the paper as [GHS22]; reference list, p. 16 of SSRN 4439190).
  • J. Poon, T. Dryja, The Bitcoin Lightning Network: Scalable Off-Chain Instant Payments, 2016. https://lightning.network/lightning-network-paper.pdf
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 19 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me